Document:

Second Supplemental Indenture

 Exhibit 4.2 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  
  

INTERMUNE, INC. 

as Issuer 
 AND

 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A. 
 as Trustee 
  

 
 Second
Supplemental Indenture 
 Dated as of January 22, 2013 

to 

Indenture dated as of September 19, 2011 

 
  

2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	PAGE	 
	ARTICLE 1	  
	CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF GENERAL
APPLICATION	  
			
	Section 1.01 .	  	Definitions	  	 	2	  
	Section 1.02 .	  	Conflicts With Base Indenture	  	 	11	  
	Section 1.03 .	  	Section References	  	 	11	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	Section 2.01 .	  	Designation and Terms of Notes	  	 	11	  
	Section 2.02 .	  	Denominations	  	 	12	  
	Section 2.03 .	  	Form and Dating	  	 	12	  
	Section 2.04 .	  	Conversion Agent	  	 	13	  
	Section 2.05 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	14	  
	Section 2.06 .	  	Ranking	  	 	14	  
	Section 2.07 .	  	Further Issues; Repurchases	  	 	14	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY	  
			
	Section 3.01 .	  	Payment of Principal and Interest	  	 	14	  
	Section 3.02 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	15	  
	Section 3.03 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	15	  
	Section 3.04 .	  	Provisions as to Paying Agent	  	 	15	  
	Section 3.05 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	17	  
	Section 3.06 .	  	SEC Filings and Reports	  	 	17	  
	Section 3.07 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	17	  
	Section 3.08 .	  	Additional Interest	  	 	17	  
	
	ARTICLE 4	  
	REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF THE
HOLDER	  
			
	Section 4.01 .	  	Repurchase at the Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change	  	 	18	  

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE 5	  
	CONVERSION OF NOTES	  
			
	Section 5.01 .	  	Right to Convert	  	 	23	  
	Section 5.02 .	  	Conversion Procedures	  	 	26	  
	Section 5.03 .	  	Settlement Upon Conversion	  	 	27	  
	Section 5.04 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	31	  
	Section 5.05 .	  	Adjustment of Conversion Rate	  	 	31	  
	Section 5.06 .	  	Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of Shares of Common Stock	  	 	42	  
	Section 5.07 .	  	Adjustments of Prices	  	 	43	  
	Section 5.08 .	  	Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon Make-Whole Fundamental Changes	  	 	43	  
	Section 5.09 .	  	Taxes on Shares Issued	  	 	45	  
	Section 5.10 .	  	Reservation of Shares; Shares to be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements	  	 	46	  
	Section 5.11 .	  	Responsibility of Trustee	  	 	46	  
	Section 5.12 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	47	  
	Section 5.13 .	  	Stockholder Rights Plan	  	 	47	  
	Section 5.14 .	  	Company Determination Final	  	 	47	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	Section 6.01 .	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	47	  
	Section 6.02 .	  	Right to Redeem; Notices to Trustee	  	 	48	  
	Section 6.03 .	  	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	48	  
	Section 6.04 .	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	49	  
	Section 6.05 .	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	50	  
	Section 6.06 .	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	50	  
	Section 6.07 .	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	50	  
	Section 6.08 .	  	Payment of Interest Upon Redemption	  	 	51	  
	Section 6.09 .	  	Transfer and Exchange Upon Redemption	  	 	51	  
	Section 6.10 .	  	Effect of Acceleration	  	 	51	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 7.01 .	  	Events of Default	  	 	51	  
	Section 7.02 .	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	 	53	  

  
 ii 

							
	Section 7.03 .	  	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee	  	 	54	  
	Section 7.04 .	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	55	  
	Section 7.05 .	  	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	  	 	56	  
	Section 7.06 .	  	Application of Money Collected	  	 	56	  
	Section 7.07 .	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	56	  
	Section 7.08 .	  	Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest and to Convert	  	 	57	  
	Section 7.09 .	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	 	57	  
	Section 7.10 .	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	 	58	  
	Section 7.11 .	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	 	58	  
	Section 7.12 .	  	Control by Holders	  	 	58	  
	Section 7.13 .	  	Waiver of Past Defaults and Rescission	  	 	59	  
	Section 7.14 .	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	60	  
	Section 7.15 .	  	[reserved]	  	 	60	  
	Section 7.16 .	  	Notice of Default	  	 	60	  
	Section 7.17 .	  	Interest on Overdue Payments	  	 	60	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR
LEASE	  
			
	Section 8.01 .	  	Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms	  	 	60	  
	Section 8.02 .	  	Successor Substituted	  	 	61	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	Section 9.01 .	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	 	62	  
	
	ARTICLE 10	  
	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  
			
	Section 10.01.	  	Supplemental Indentures	  	 	63	  
	Section 10.02.	  	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders	  	 	63	  
	Section 10.03.	  	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders	  	 	64	  
	Section 10.04.	  	Notices of Supplemental Indentures	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 11.01.	  	Governing Law	  	 	66	  
	Section 11.02.	  	Calculations in Respect of Notes	  	 	66	  
	Section 11.03.	  	No Representations or Warranties by the Trustee	  	 	66	  
	Signatures	  		  			
	Schedule A	  		  			
	Exhibit A	  		  			

  
 iii

 SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2013 (the “Supplemental
Indenture”), to the Indenture dated as of September 19, 2011 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance therewith, the “Base Indenture” and, as amended, modified and supplemented by this
Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), by and among INTERMUNE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 RECITALS OF THE COMPANY 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Base Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of debt securities (the “Securities”) to be issued
in one or more series as provided in the Base Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, Section 2.1 of the Base Indenture provides for the
Company to establish Securities of any series pursuant to a supplemental indenture, and Section 9.1(e) of the Base Indenture provides for the Company and the Trustee to enter into any such supplemental indenture to provide for the issuance and
establish the form or terms of Securities of such series as permitted by Section 2.1 of the Indenture without the consent of any Holders; 
 WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has duly adopted resolutions authorizing the Company to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new series of its Securities
to be known as its “2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017” (the “Notes”), the form and substance of the Notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to
make (i) this Supplemental Indenture a valid and legally binding instrument in accordance with its terms and (ii) the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid and legally binding
obligations of the Company, have been performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of the
Company and the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows: 

 ARTICLE 1 
 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in
the Base Indenture. 
 As used herein, the following terms have the specified meanings: 

“Act” means any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this
Indenture to be given or taken by Holders that may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by their agents duly appointed in writing. 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a). 

“Additional Notes” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued
under this Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 5.08(a).

 “Applicable Procedures” with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial
interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC or any successor Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 
 “Averaging Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(e) 
 “Bid Solicitation Agent” means the Company or an independent nationally recognized investment banking firm as may be appointed, from time to time, by the Company to solicit bids for the
Trading Price of the Notes in accordance with Section 5.01(b)(ii). The Company will initially act as Bid Solicitation Agent. 
 “Capital Stock” means, for any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) the
equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

  
 2 

 “Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.03(a)(i). 
 “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. New York City time. 

“Combination Settlement” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(a)(i). 

“Common Equity” of any corporation means the common stock, common equity interests, ordinary shares or depositary shares
or other certificates representing common equity interests of such corporation. 
 “Common Stock” means the
shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company as they exist on the date of this Supplemental Indenture or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Company into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed or, in the
event of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company that is otherwise permitted hereunder in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, the Common Equity of such surviving corporation or its direct or
indirect parent corporation. 
 “Conversion Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04. 

“Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(b). 

“Conversion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(a)(i). 

“Conversion Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a) 

“Conversion Price” means at any time the amount equal to $1,000 divided by the then applicable Conversion Rate.

 “Conversion Rate” means initially 77.7001 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes,
subject to adjustment set forth herein. 
 “corporation” means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock
company or business trust. 

  
 3 

 “Daily Conversion Value” means, for any of the 30 consecutive Trading Days
during the Observation Period, one-thirtieth (1/30th) of the product of (a) the applicable Conversion Rate and (b) the Daily VWAP on such Trading Day. 
 “Daily Settlement Amount” means, for any of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during an Observation Period, an amount consisting of: 

(a) cash equal to the lesser of (i) the Daily Specified Dollar Amount and (ii) the Daily Conversion Value for such Trading Day;
and 
 (b) if the Daily Conversion Value exceeds the Daily Specified Dollar Amount, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to
(i) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Specified Dollar Amount, divided by (ii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day. 
 “Daily Specified Dollar Amount” means the quotient of the Specified Dollar Amount divided by 30. 
 “Daily VWAP” means, for any Trading Day, the per-share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “ITMN.Q
<equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day (or if such
volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this
purpose by the Company). The “Daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session’s trading hours. 

“Depositary” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b). 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or any successor Depositary. 

“Effective Date” means the date on which a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01. 

  
 4 

 “Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which the shares of the Common
Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive distribution in question. 
 “Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(e). 
 “Fundamental Change” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued of any of the following occurs: 

(1) any “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act other than the Company, its
Subsidiaries and its and their employee benefit plans, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing, or the Company otherwise becomes aware, that such person or group has become the direct or indirect
“beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Company’s Common Equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Company’s Common Equity; 

(2) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from
a subdivision or combination) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which
the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property; or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Company’s
Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of the Company’s Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such
transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall not be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (2); 

(3) the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for its liquidation or dissolution; or 

(4) the Common Stock (or other common stock or common equity interests underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of The
New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors). 

  
 5 

 A transaction or transactions described in clauses (1) or (2) above will not constitute a
Fundamental Change, however, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by holders of the Common Stock, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights, in
connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock or common equity interests listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market or (or any of their
respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Notes become convertible into such consideration, excluding
cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights, pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Fundamental Change Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a). 
 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(b). 
 “Global Note” means a Note that is a Global Security. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01. 

“Interest Payment Date” means each June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning June 15, 2013.

 “Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock on any date means the closing per-share sale price (or if no
closing per-share sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the 

  
 6 

 
average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions on principal U.S. national securities exchange or market on which the Common
Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, the “Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock will be the last quoted bid price per share of the Common Stock in the
over-the-counter market on the relevant Trading Day as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or another similar organization selected by the Company. If the Common Stock is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock
will be the average of the midpoint of the last bid and ask prices for shares of the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose,
which may include one or more of the Underwriters. 
 “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any transaction or
event that constitutes a Fundamental Change, after giving effect to any exceptions or exclusions under the definition of Fundamental Change, but without regard to the proviso in clause (2) under the definition of Fundamental Change. 

“Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock of any
suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such
suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time within the 30 minutes prior to the closing time of the relevant exchange on such day. However, for the purposes of determining amounts due upon conversion, “Market Disruption Event”
means (a) a failure by the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence
or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of
movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant securities exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock. 

“Measurement Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(b)(ii). 

“Merger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.06. 

  
 7 

 “Note” and “Notes” have the meaning specified in the
Recitals and include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. The Initial Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. The term “Note” in this Indenture shall refer to each $1,000
principal amount of Notes. 
 “Notice of Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 6.04.

 “Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note, the 30 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on,
and including, the third Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date; provided that, 
 (a) for any
Note having a Conversion Date occurring during the period beginning on, and including, October 26, 2017 (which is the 35th Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Stated Maturity), and ending at the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading
Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date, the “Observation Period” means the 30 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 32nd Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Stated Maturity or, if such day is not a Trading Day, the
immediately following Trading Day; and 
 (b) for any Note having a Conversion Date occurring on or after the date the Company
has delivered a Notice of Redemption as described in Article 6, the “Observation Period” means the 30 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 32nd Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Redemption Date or, if such day is not
a Trading Day, the immediately following Trading Day. 
 “Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m. New York
City time. 
 “Physical Settlement” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(a)(i). 

“Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of
the Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for
determination of holders of the Common Stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, statute, contract or otherwise). 

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Notes, the date specified for redemption of such Notes in accordance with
the terms of the Notes and Article 6. 

  
 8 

 “Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

 “Reference Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.06. 

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b). 

“Reporting Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a). 

“Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national securities
exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securities Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Global Note, or any successor thereto.

 “Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(a)(iii). 

“Settlement Election” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(a)(i). 

“Settlement Election Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(a)(ii). 

“Settlement Method” means, with respect to any conversion of the Notes, Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or
Combination Settlement, as elected by the Company. 
 “Significant Subsidiaries” means a subsidiary that is a
“significant subsidiary” as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act; provided that, in the case of a subsidiary that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or
(2) thereof, such subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary unless the subsidiary’s income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
exclusive of amounts attributable to any non-controlling interests for the last completed fiscal year prior to the date of such determination exceeds $35,000,000. 
 “Specified Dollar Amount” means an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes equal to $1,000; provided that in the event of

  
 9 

 
the delivery of any Settlement Election Notice specifying a different Specified Dollar Amount pursuant to Section 5.03(a)(i), during the period during which such Settlement Election Notice
is effective, the Specified Dollar Amount shall be as specified in such Settlement Election Notice. 

“Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(c). 

“Stated Maturity”, with respect to the Notes, means December 15, 2017. 

“Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 5.08(b). 

“Stockholder Approval” means approval from the requisite stockholders of the Company at an annual or special meeting of
the Company’s stockholders after the date hereof (or any adjournment thereof) to increase the Company’s total authorized shares by at least an amount necessary to reserve enough shares of Common Stock to satisfy the Conversion Obligation
entirely in shares of Common Stock for all of the Notes authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (as increased pursuant to Section 2.07). 
 “Trading Day” means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on a U.S. national securities exchange or market and (ii) there is no Market Disruption
Event. If the Common Stock is not so traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day. 
 “Trading Price”
of the Notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such Trading
Day from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company; provided that, if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the
two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, that one bid shall be used. If the Bid Solicitation Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the
Notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day and (ii) the Last
Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day. Any such determination will be conclusive absent manifest error. 

  
 10 

 “Underwriters” means Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC. 
 “Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(c). 

Section 1.02. Conflicts With Base Indenture. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts
with a provision of the Base Indenture, such provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall control. 
 Section 1.03. Section
References. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules of this Supplemental Indenture unless otherwise specified. 

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Designation and Terms of Notes. There is hereby created and designated a series of Securities under the Base Indenture: the title of the Notes shall be “2.50% Convertible
Senior Notes Due 2017.” The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and govern the terms of, the Notes and shall not apply to any other
series of Securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other series of Securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements. 

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that initially may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (the
“Initial Notes”) shall be limited to $120,750,000, subject to increase as set forth in Section 2.07. 
 The
Notes shall mature on December 15, 2017. 
 Principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on Global Notes
shall be payable in the manner set forth in Section 3.01. 
 The Notes shall be convertible as provided in Article 5.

  
 11 

 Section 2.02. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in book-entry
form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 
 Section 2.03. Form and Dating.
(a) The Notes and the corresponding Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, which Exhibit is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule, Applicable Procedures or usage. The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. Each Note shall be dated the date of its
authentication. 
 (b) Global Notes. 

(i) All of the Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, which shall be deposited on behalf
of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company (such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as the
“Depositary”), and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co., or as otherwise instructed by the Depositary duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. A Global Note may be
transferred, in whole or in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee. Beneficial interest in a Global Note may be held directly through the Depositary if such Holder is a participant in the
Depositary, or directly through organizations that are participants in the Depositary. Transfers between participants shall be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with Applicable Procedures and shall be settled in clearing house funds. The
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Securities Custodian and the Depositary as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the
Applicable Procedures and the provisions of this Indenture. 
 (ii) Each Global Note shall represent such of the
outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may
from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, purchases or conversions of such Notes. 

  
 12 

 
Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the
Trustee in accordance with Applicable Procedures and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. 
 (c)
Certificated Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.14.2 of the Base Indenture, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes: 

(i) If (x) the Depositary for such Global Note notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary registered as a clearing agency under the
Exchange Act within 90 days of such event or (y) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable; 

(ii) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or 

(iii) If the holder of such beneficial interest and the Company agree to such exchange. 

Section 2.04. Conversion Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion
(the “Conversion Agent”). The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of the Conversion Agent. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain the
Conversion Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the name and address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the
Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Company hereby initially
appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent in connection with the Notes. 

  
 13 

 Section 2.05. [reserved]. 

Section 2.06. Ranking. The obligations of the Company arising under or in connection with this Indenture and every
outstanding Note issued under this Indenture from time to time constitute and shall constitute a general unsecured senior obligation of the Company, ranking equally with existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company and ranking
senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness of the Company that is expressly made subordinate to the Notes by the terms of such indebtedness. 
 Section 2.07. Further Issues; Repurchases. The Company may, without the consent of the Holders, issue Additional Notes in an unlimited aggregate principal amount under the Indenture with the
same terms as the Initial Notes; provided, that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. Any such Additional Notes
will, for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments and offers to purchase, be treated as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. In addition, without prior notice to Holders, the Company may, to the extent permitted by law,
and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or
through counterparties to private agreements, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. 
 ARTICLE 3

 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 

Subject to Section 1.02 hereof, the provisions of Article IV of the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the provisions of this
Supplemental Indenture, shall apply to the Notes. 
 Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company
covenants and agrees that it shall duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), on each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and
in the Notes. 
 (a) The Notes will bear interest at a rate of 2.50% per year. Interest on the Notes will accrue from and
including the date of issuance, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest will be payable 

  
 14 

 
semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date beginning June 15, 2013. Pursuant to Section 7.02 of this Indenture, in certain circumstances, the Holders of Notes shall be
entitled to receive Additional Interest. 
 (b) Interest (including Additional Interest, if any) will be paid to the person in
whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on June 1 or December 1, as the case may be (the “Regular Record Date”), immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. 
 (c) Method of Payment. The Company will pay
the principal of certificated Notes at the office or agency designated by the Company. The Company has initially designated a Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Registrar as a place where Notes may be presented for payment
for or registration of transfer. The Company will pay any interest on any certificated Note to the Holder of such Note (i) if such Holder holds $2,000,000 or less aggregate principal amount of Notes, by check mailed to such Holder’s
registered address, and (ii) if such Holder holds more than $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, (A) by check mailed to such Holder’s registered address or, (B) if such Holder delivers to the Registrar a written
request that the Company make such payments by wire transfer to an account of such Holder within the United States, for each interest payment corresponding to each Regular Record Date occurring during the period beginning on the date on which such
Holder delivered such request and ending on the date, if any, on which such Holder delivers to the Registrar a written instruction to the contrary, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by such Holder. 

The Company shall pay the principal of, and interest on Global Notes in immediately available funds to the Depositary. 

Section 3.02. [reserved]. 
 Section 3.03. [reserved]. 
 Section 3.04.
Provisions as to Paying Agent.  
 (a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee
shall appoint such a Paying Agent, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 3.04 that such
Paying Agent will: 

  
 15 

 (i) comply with the duties applicable to a paying agent under the TIA; and

 (ii) during the continuance of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making
of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent as such. 
 This paragraph replaces Section 4.1 of the Base Indenture with respect to the Notes in its entirety. The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of (excluding any Redemption Price
or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to), or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for such payment) sufficient to
pay such principal or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided, however, that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall
be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date. 
 (b) If the Company shall act as its own
Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest (including
Additional Interest, if any) so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of or interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable. 
 (c) Anything in this
Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 3.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained, and upon such payment by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such
Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 
 (d) Anything in this Section 3.04
to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.04 is subject to Section 8.5 of the Base Indenture. 

  
 16 

 The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other Paying Agents (including
the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other Paying Agents. 

Section 3.05. [reserved]. 
 Section 3.06. SEC Filings and Reports. This Section 3.06 replaces Section 4.2 of the Base Indenture with respect to the Notes in its entirety. The Company covenants that any documents or
reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed by the Company with the Trustee within 15 calendar days after the same are required to be filed with the SEC (giving
effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act). Documents filed by the Company pursuant to the SEC’s “EDGAR” system (or any successor electronic filing system) shall be deemed to constitute
“filing” with the Trustee for purposes of this Section 3.06. If at any time the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the
Holders with annual and quarterly reports containing substantially the same information as would have been required to be filed with the SEC had the Company continued to have been subject to such reporting requirements. In such event, such annual
and quarterly reports shall be provided at the times the Company would have been required to provide reports had it continued to have been subject to such reporting requirements. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is
for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any
of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

Section 3.07. [reserved]. 
 Section 3.08. Additional Interest. If at any time Additional Interest becomes payable by the Company pursuant to Section 7.02, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee a
certificate to that effect and stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such Additional Interest is payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a
certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Additional Interest is payable. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to such Additional Interest, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a
certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. 

  
 17 

 ARTICLE 4 
 REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER 
 Section 4.01. Repurchase at the Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change.  
 (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, the Holders shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the
principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on a date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than 20 Business Days and not more than 35 Business
Days after the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date, unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date for an Interest Payment Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company will pay the full amount of accrued
and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”). Any Notes repurchased by the Company will be paid
for in cash. 
 Repurchases of Notes under this Section 4.01 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

 (i) if the Notes are held in certificated form, delivery to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by
the Company) by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note or, if the Notes are Global Notes, a notice that complies with the Applicable
Procedures, prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, subject to extension to comply with applicable law; and 

(ii) delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Trustee (or other
Paying Agent appointed by the Company) at any time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date,
subject to extension to comply with applicable 

  
 18 

 
law, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company), such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price therefor; provided that such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 4.01 only if the Note so delivered to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all
respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 
 The Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice shall state: 
 (A) if certificated, the certificate numbers of Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

 (B) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof; and 
 (C) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures. 
 Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder in accordance with Section 4.01(d). 
 The Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section 4.01. 
 Any certificated Note that is to be
repurchased only in part shall be surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder
thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such certificated Note without service charge, a new certificated Note or new
certificated Notes, 

  
 19 

 
containing identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal of the
certificated Note so surrendered. 
 (b) After the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, but on or before the
15th day following such occurrence, the Company shall
provide to all Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent a notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice”) of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the resulting repurchase right, if any, at the option of the
Holders arising as a result thereof. 
 Each Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice shall specify: 

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change and whether such Fundamental Change also constitutes a Make-Whole
Fundamental Change; 
 (ii) the date of the Fundamental Change; 

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise its repurchase rights under Section 4.01, if applicable;

 (iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; 

(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; 

(vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable; 

(vii) that the Notes are eligible to be converted, the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable
Conversion Rate; 
 (viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been
delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (ix) that the Holder has the right to withdraw any Notes tendered for repurchase prior to the Close of Business on second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date; and 

  
 20 

 (x) the procedures the Holder must follow to require the Company to purchase
its Notes under Section 4.01, if applicable. 
 No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect
therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.01. 
 (c) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn in whole or in part by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent in accordance with the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Right Notice at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second scheduled Trading Day prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “Fundamental Change Expiration Time”), specifying: 

(i) the principal amount of the withdrawn Notes; 

(ii) if certificated Notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes; and 

(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; 
 provided, however, that if the Notes
are Global Notes, the notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures. 
 (d) On or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money
sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all of the Notes to be repurchased on such date at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed
by the Company), payment for Notes properly surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) prior to the Fundamental Change Expiration Time shall be made promptly after the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such
Note (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions to the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price in this Section 4.01), or (y) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other Paying
Agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the 

  
 21 

 
manner required by this Section 4.01 in accordance with the provisions in Section 3.01(c). The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return
to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. 
 (e) Subject to a Holder’s right to
receive interest on the related Interest Payment Date where the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as applicable, falls between a Regular Record Date and the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, if the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed
by the Company) holds money or securities sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then (i) such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes,
whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent, and (ii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Price and previously accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes. 
 (f)
No Notes may be repurchased at the option of Holders on any date if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from
a Default by the Company in the payment of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). 

(g) In connection with any repurchase offer upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall, if required: 

(i) comply with the provisions of the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable; 

(ii) file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule, if required, under the Exchange Act; and 

(iii) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by the Company to
repurchase the Notes, 
 in each case, so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Article 4 to be exercised in the time and in the
manner specified in this Indenture. 
 (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 4, the Company will not be
required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a 

  
 22 

 
Fundamental Change if a third party makes such an offer to repurchase in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Article 4 applicable to an
offer to repurchase made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such offer. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 CONVERSION OF NOTES

 Section 5.01. Right to Convert. 
 Section 5.02. (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the procedures for conversion set forth in this Article 5, a Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert the
principal amount of its Notes, or any portion of such principal amount which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof, into the Settlement Amount determined in accordance with Section 5.03(a) hereof (the “Conversion Obligation”),
(x) prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding September 15, 2017, only upon satisfaction of one or more of the conditions described in Section 5.01(b) hereof, and (y) on or after September 15,
2017, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Stated Maturity 

(b)(i) Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding September 15, 2017, a Holder may surrender its Notes
for conversion during any fiscal quarter commencing after June 30, 2013 (and only during such fiscal quarter) if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30
consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the Conversion Price in effect on each applicable Trading Day. 

(ii) Prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding September 15, 2017, a Holder may
surrender its Notes for conversion during the five Business Day period after any five consecutive Trading Day period (the “Measurement Period”), in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, as determined
following a written request by a Holder in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5.01(b)(ii), for each Trading Day of the Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on such
Trading Day and (ii) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day. The Company shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the 

  
 23 

 
Company) of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company in accordance with the definition of Trading Price, along with the appropriate contact
information for each. The Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no obligation to solicit secondary market bid quotations for the Notes unless the Company has requested it to do so; and the Company shall have no obligation to
make such request (or, if the Company is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, to determine the Trading Price of the Notes) unless a Holder of a Note provides it with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes would
be less than 98% of the product of (x) the Conversion Rate in effect on the next Trading Day and (y) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day. At such time, the Company shall, or shall instruct the Bid
Solicitation Agent to (if other than the Company) determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes
for a Trading Day is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day and (y) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on such Trading Day. Notwithstanding the definition of
“Trading Price,” if (A) the Company does not so instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent to obtain bids when required, or the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to solicit bids when required, (B) the Company is acting as Bid Solicitation
Agent and fails to obtain bids when so required or (C) the Trading Price is otherwise not determined as required, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of (x) the
Conversion Rate and (y) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for each Trading Day on which the Company or the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to do so, as the case may be. Whenever the condition to conversion set forth in this
Section 5.01(b)(ii) has been met, but was not met on the immediately preceding Trading Day, the Company will so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing. If, at any time after the condition
to conversion set forth in this Section 5.01(b)(ii) has been met, the condition to conversion set forth in this Section 5.01(b)(ii) ceases to be met, the Company will so notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other
than the Trustee) in writing. 
 (iii) If the Company calls the Notes for redemption prior to the Close of
Business on the Business Day immediately preceding September 15, 2017 

  
 24 

 
pursuant to Article 6 hereof, a Holder may surrender for conversion all or a portion of its Notes for conversion at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day
prior to the Redemption Date, even if the Notes are not otherwise convertible at such time, after which time the Holder’s right to convert the Notes called for redemption will expire (unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption
Price, in which case a Holder of the Notes may convert such Notes until the Redemption Price has been paid or duly provided for). 
 (iv) If the Company elects to (x) issue to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock rights, options or warrants entitling them for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the
date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock, at a price per share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance; or (y) distribute to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock the Company’s assets, debt securities or rights to purchase the Company’s securities, which
distribution has a per-share value, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors, exceeding 10% of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day preceding the date of announcement for such distribution, then the Company
must deliver notice of such issuance or distribution, and of the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution, to the Holders at least 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution. Once the Company
has delivered such notice, Holders may surrender their Notes for conversion at any time during the period beginning on the 35th Scheduled Trading Day immediately prior to the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution and ending on the
earlier of (x) the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution or (y) its announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place, even if the Notes are not
otherwise convertible at such time; provided, however, that Holders may not convert any of their Notes pursuant to this Section 5.01(b)(iv) if Holders participate, solely as a result of holding the Notes, and at the same time and
upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock, in any such distribution without having to convert their Notes. 
 (v) If (1) a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or (2) the Company is a party to (a) a consolidation, merger or binding share 

  
 25 

 
exchange, pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other assets or (b) a sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company, the Notes may be surrendered for conversion at any time from or after effective date of such transaction until the Close of Business, (1) if such transaction or event is a Fundamental Change, on the Business Day immediately
preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, and (2) otherwise, on the 35th Business Day immediately following the effective date for such transaction or event. The Company will notify the Trustee and Holders of any such transaction no later
than five Business Days following the effective date of such transaction. 
 Section 5.02. Conversion Procedures.
The following procedures shall apply to the conversion of Notes: 
 (a) In respect of Notes held in certificated form, a Holder
must (i) complete and manually sign the conversion notice attached to the Note (the “Conversion Notice”), or facsimile of such Conversion Notice; (ii) deliver such Conversion Notice, which is irrevocable, and the Note to
the Conversion Agent at the office maintained by the Conversion Agent for such purpose; (iii) to the extent any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s, furnish endorsements and
transfer documents as may be required by the Conversion Agent or stock transfer agent; (iv) if required pursuant to Section 5.09 below, pay all transfer or similar taxes; and (v) if required pursuant to Section 5.03(c) below, pay
funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled. 
 (b) In respect of a
beneficial interest in a Global Note, a Beneficial Owner must comply with DTC’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a Global Note and, if required pursuant to Section 5.03(c), pay funds equal to interest payable on the next
Interest Payment Date to which such Beneficial Owner is not entitled, and if required, taxes or duties, if any. 
 The date a
Holder satisfies the foregoing requirements is the “Conversion Date” hereunder. 
 If the Company has called
any Notes for redemption pursuant to Article 6, Holders may surrender any Notes so called for conversion at the applicable Conversion Rate at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the
Redemption Date, unless the Company fails to pay the Redemption Price (in which case a Holder may convert its Notes so called until the Redemption Price has been paid or duly provided for). 

  
 26 

 No Conversion Notice with respect to any Notes may be tendered by a Holder thereof if such
Holder has also tendered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 4.01. A Holder’s right to convert its Notes that
are subject to such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice will terminate at the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 

Upon surrender of a certificated Note that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new certificated Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the Note surrendered. 

Upon the conversion of a beneficial interest in Global Notes, the Conversion Agent shall make a notation in its records as to the
reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. 
 Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such
Notes (or portion thereof) surrendered for conversion at the Close of Business on the applicable Conversion Date; provided, however, that, other than as set forth under Section 5.05 hereof, the Person in whose name any shares of
Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion will become a stockholder of record as of the Close of Business on the Conversion Date (in the case of Physical Settlement) or the last Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period (in the case of
Combination Settlement). 
 Section 5.03. Settlement Upon Conversion. 

(a) Settlement. (i) Subject to this Section 5.03 and Sections 5.06 and 5.08 hereof, upon conversion of any Note, the
Company may make an election with respect to the Settlement Method (a “Settlement Election”) and the Specified Dollar Amount, if applicable, it chooses to deliver to Holders in full satisfaction of its Conversion Obligation in
respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted: cash (“Cash Settlement”), shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with
Section 5.03(b) (“Physical Settlement”), or a 

  
 27 

 
combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with Section 5.03(b) (“Combination
Settlement”). 
 (ii) Settlement Election. All conversions occurring (x) on or after
September 15, 2017 or (y) after the issuance by the Company of a Notice of Redemption and prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the related Redemption Date shall be settled using the same
Settlement Method. Except for any conversions occurring on or after September 15, 2017 and any conversions that occur after the Company’s issuance of a Notice of Redemption, but prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled
Trading Day preceding the related Redemption Date, the Company will use the same Settlement Method for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date, but the Company shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with
respect to conversions that occur on different Conversion Dates. 
 If the Company elects a Settlement Method, the Company shall
inform Holders so converting, through the Trustee, of the Settlement Method it has selected (the “Settlement Election Notice”), no later than the Close of Business on the Trading Day immediately following the related Conversion Date
(or in the case of any conversion occurring (i) after the date of issuance of a Notice of Redemption and prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the related Redemption Date, in such Notice of Redemption, or (ii) on or after
September 26, 2017, no later than October 26, 2017 (which is the 35th Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Maturity Date)). After the Company has received the Stockholder Approval, if the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method,
the Company will no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement and the Company shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Conversion Obligations, and the Specified Dollar Amount of the Notes
shall be deemed equal to $1,000, and if the Company elects Combination Settlement but does not timely notify the converting Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount, such Specified Dollar Amount shall be deemed to be $1,000. Before the Company has
received the Stockholder Approval, if the Company does not timely elect a Settlement Method or if the Company elects Combination Settlement but the Company does not timely notify the converting Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000
principal amount of Notes, the Company will instead be deemed to have elected Cash Settlement. 

  
 28 

 (iii) Settlement Amount. The cash, shares of Common Stock or
combination of cash and shares of Common Stock deliverable in respect of any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows: 

(A) if the Company elects Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder a number of shares of
Common Stock equal to the product of (1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be converted, divided by $1,000 and (2) the applicable Conversion Rate; 

(B) if the Company elects Cash Settlement, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder, in respect of each $1,000
principal amount of Notes being converted, cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during the related Observation Period; and 

(C) if the Company elects Combination Settlement, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder, in respect of each
$1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, an amount of cash and shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period. 

(iv) Delivery Obligation. The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of
its Conversion Obligation (1) no later than the third Business Day immediately following the applicable Conversion Date, if the Company elects to satisfy its Conversion Obligation in respect of such conversion by Physical Settlement;
provided that for all such conversions occurring on or after the 35th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the Company will deliver the Conversion Obligations in respect of such conversion on the Maturity Date; and
(2) except to the extent otherwise provided pursuant to Section 5.08 hereof, no later than the third Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period, if the Company elects to satisfy its
Conversion Obligation in respect of such conversion by Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement. In either case, delivery on such third Business Day shall be deemed timely and shall not result in any Default hereunder even if such Business Day
occurs after the Maturity Date or Redemption Date. 

  
 29 

 (b) Fractional Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not issue
fractional shares of Common Stock as part of the Settlement Amount due with respect to any converted Note. Instead, if any Settlement Amount includes a fraction of a share of the Common Stock, the Company will, in lieu of delivering such fraction of
a share of Common Stock, pay an amount of cash (i) in the case Physical Settlement applies to the Conversion Obligation, based on the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock on the relevant Conversion Date, or if such Conversion Date is not a Trading
Day, the immediately preceding Trading Day or (ii) in the case Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to the Conversion Obligation, based on the Daily VWAP on the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period (subject to
Section 5.03(d)).  
 (c) Payment of Interest Upon Conversion. 

(i) Upon conversion, Holders shall not receive any additional cash payment or shares of Common Stock for accrued and
unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), except as described in Section 5.03(c)(ii). Upon conversion, the Company’s delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock into which a
Note is convertible will be deemed to satisfy and discharge in full the Company’s obligation to pay the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, on, such Note to, but excluding, the Conversion Date
rather than cause such obligation to be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding
Section 5.03(c)(i), if any Notes are converted after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date, Holders of record of such Notes at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date will receive interest (including Additional Interest, if
any) payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion. Notes surrendered for conversion during the period from the Close of Business on any Regular Record Date to the Open of Business on the immediately
following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) payable on such Interest Payment Date for the Notes so converted; provided that no such payment need be made:

  
 30 

 (A) if the Company has specified a Redemption Date that is after a Regular
Record Date and prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; 

(B) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior
to the second Scheduled Trading Day following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; 
 (C) to the extent of
any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Notes; or 

(D) in respect of any conversions that occur after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Stated Maturity.

 (d) Conversion of Multiple Notes by a Single Holder. If a Holder surrenders more than one Note for conversion on a
single Conversion Date, the Company will calculate the amount of cash and the number of shares of Common Stock due with respect to such Notes as if such Holder had surrendered for conversion one Note having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
sum of the principal amounts of each of the Notes surrendered for conversion by such Holder on such Conversion Date 
 (e)
Notices. Whenever a Conversion Date occurs with respect to a Note, the Conversion Agent will, as promptly as possible, and in no event later than the Business Day immediately following such Conversion Date, deliver to the Company and the
Trustee, if it is not then the Conversion Agent, notice that a Conversion Date has occurred, which notice will state such Conversion Date, the principal amount of Notes converted on such Conversion Date and the names of the Holders that converted
Notes on such Conversion Date. 
 Section 5.04. [reserved]. 

Section 5.05. Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted as described below, except that the
Company will not make any adjustment to the Conversion Rate if Holders participate (other than in the case of a share split or share combination), solely as a result of holding the Notes, and at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of
Common Stock participate, in any of the transactions described below without having to convert 

  
 31 

 
their Notes, as if such Holders had held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the adjustment thereof in respect of such
transaction, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holders. 
 (a) If the Company
exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on all or substantially all shares of the Common Stock, or the Company effects a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted based on the following
formula: 
  
 

 
 where, 
  

					
			
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on
the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or effective date, as the case may be;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex- Dividend Date or effective date, as the case may be; and
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of the shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as the case
may be.

 Any adjustment made to the Conversion Rate under this Section 5.05(a) shall become effective immediately after the
Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution or immediately after the Open of Business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be. If any dividend or distribution of the type described
in this Section 5.05(a) is declared but is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend

  
 32 

 
or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. For the avoidance of doubt, if the application of the foregoing
formula would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than (i) as a result of a share combination or (ii) with respect to the Company’s right to readjust the Conversion
Rate). 
 (b) If the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants
entitling them for a period of not more than 45 days after the Record Date for such distribution to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, at a price per share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock
over the ten consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such distribution, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 

 
 

 
 where 
  

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	X	  	=	  	the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
			
	Y	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of
the Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such distribution.

  
 33 

 Any increase in the Conversion Rate made pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made successively
whenever any such rights, options or warrants are distributed and shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the
expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the
basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such
Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, if the application of the foregoing formula would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than with
respect to the Company’s right to readjust the Conversion Rate). 
 For purposes of this clause (b), in determining whether
any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of shares of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Day period
ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such distribution, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration
received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable upon exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors. 

(c) If the Company distributes shares of Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company or
rights, options or warrants to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, excluding: 
 (i) distributions, rights, options or warrants as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 5.05(a) or (b) above; 

(ii) distributions paid exclusively in cash and as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 5.05(d)
below; and 

  
 34 

 (iii) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this
Section 5.05(c) shall apply; 
 then the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 

 
 

 
 where, 
  

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the
Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
			
	FMV	  	=	  	the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board of Directors of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets or property of the Company or rights, options or
warrants to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities distributed with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

 Any increase in the Conversion Rate made under the portion of this clause
(3) above will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately decreased to be the Conversion Rate that
would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. For the avoidance of doubt, if the application of the foregoing formula would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be
made (other than with respect to the Company’s right to readjust the Conversion Rate). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder
shall receive upon conversion, in respect of each 

  
 35 

 
$1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder, the amount and kind of the Company’s Capital Stock, evidences of the Company’s indebtedness, assets or property of the Company or
rights, options or warrants to acquire the Company’s Capital Stock or other securities that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date
for the distribution. 
 With respect to an adjustment made in the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) where
there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock in shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit, where such Capital Stock or
similar equity interest is listed or quoted on a United States national securities exchange (or will be so listed or quoted when issued) (the foregoing being referred to as a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate will be increased based
on the following formula: 
  
 

 
     where, 
  

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off;
			
	FMV0	  	=	  	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of Common Stock
(determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price set forth above as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first ten consecutive Trading Day period immediately
following, and including, the effective date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
			
	MP0	  	=	  	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

  
 36 

 Any adjustment to the Conversion Rate as a result of a Spin-Off under
the preceding paragraph shall be given effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off; provided that , if one or more Trading Days of the Observation Period for a Note occurs on or after the Ex-Dividend
Date for a Spin-Off, but on or prior to the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for a Spin-Off, such Observation Period will be suspended from, and including, the first such Trading Day to, and including, the first Trading Day of the Valuation
Period for such Spin-Off and resume immediately after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for such Spin-Off and the reference in the above definition of “FMV0” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with a reference to one (1); provided, further, that if the
first Trading Day of the Observation Period with respect to any Note surrendered for conversion occurs after the first Trading Day of the Valuation Period for a Spin-Off, but during the Valuation Period, the reference in the above definition of
“FMV0” to “10” shall be deemed replaced
with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the effective date of such Spin-Off to, but excluding, such first Trading Day of the Observation Period. 

(d) If the Company pays any cash dividends or distributions to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will
be increased based on the following formula: 
  
 

 
     where, 
  

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	SP0	  	=	  	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the
Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
			
	C	  	=	  	the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to holders of Common Stock.

  
 37 

 Any increase in the Conversion Rate made under this clause (d) shall become effective
immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately decreased, effective as of the date the Board of
Directors determines not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. For the avoidance of doubt, if the application of the foregoing
formula would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than with respect to the Company’s right to readjust the Conversion Rate). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder
shall receive upon conversion, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on
the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. 
 (e) If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes a payment
in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for Common Stock, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the Last Reported Sale Price of the Company’s Common
Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date (the “Expiration Date”) on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate will be increased based on the following
formula: 
  
 

 
     where, 
  

					
	CR0	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the tenth Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the
Expiration Date;
			
	CR1	  	=	  	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the tenth Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the
Expiration Date;

  
 38 

					
			
	AC	  	=	  	the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or exchange
offer;
			
	OS0	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the date such tender or exchange offer expires (before giving effect to such tender offer or exchange
offer);
			
	OS1	  	=	  	the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to such tender or exchange offer);
and
			
	SP1	  	=	  	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date
such tender or exchange offer expires (the “Averaging Period”).

 Any increase in the Conversion Rate made pursuant to this clause (e) shall be determined as of the
Close of Business on the tenth consecutive Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date but will be given effect as of the Close of Business on the Expiration Date. 
 If the first Trading Day of the Observation Period for a Note occurs after the first Trading Day of the Averaging Period for a tender or exchange offer, but before the last Trading Day of the Averaging
Period for such tender or exchange offer, the reference in the above definition of “SP ́” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the first day of the
Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer to, but excluding, the first Trading Day of such Observation Period. If one or more Trading Days of the Observation Period for such Note occurs on or after the Expiration Date for a tender or
exchange offer, but on or prior to the first Trading Day in the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer, such Observation Period will be suspended on the first such Trading Day and will resume immediately after the first Trading Day of
the Averaging Period for such tender or exchange offer and the reference in the above definition of “SP ́” to “10” shall be deemed replaced with one (1). 

  
 39 

 For the avoidance of doubt, if the application of the foregoing formula would result in a
decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made (other than with respect to the Company’s right to readjust the Conversion Rate). 
 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder converts a Note and any Conversion Rate described in Section 5.05(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) above has become effective on or prior to the
applicable Conversion Date in the case of a Physical Settlement and the last day of the applicable Observation Period in the case of a Combination Settlement, but the Holder will be entitled (but for this Section 5.05(f)) to participate in the
event giving rise to such adjustment on account of the shares it receives upon conversion of such Note, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company will calculate its Conversion Obligation to such Holder as if such Conversion
Rate adjustment had not been required under this Indenture (and treat such Holder as entitled to participate in such event on account of the shares it receives upon conversion of such Note). 

(g) To the extent that the Company has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon conversion of the Notes into Common Stock, Holders will
receive, in addition to any Common Stock, the rights under the stockholder rights plan, unless prior to any conversion, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as
if the Company distributed to all holders its Common stock, shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets as described in clause Section 5.05(c) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or
redemption of such rights. 
 (h) Except as described herein, the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance
of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. Without limiting the foregoing, the Conversion
Rate will not be adjusted: 
 (i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or
future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan; 

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present
or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 

  
 40 

 (iii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any
option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in the preceding clause (ii) and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued; 

(iv) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock for cash or as consideration in a merger, purchase or similar
transaction; 
 (v) for a change in the par value of Common Stock; 

(vi) upon any repurchase of shares of Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions by the
Company (including by way of accelerated share repurchase or other derivatives), in each case other than in transactions described under clause Section 5.05(e) above; or 

(vii) for accrued and unpaid interest. 
 (i) In addition to those adjustments required by Sections 5.05(a) through (e) above, and to the extent permitted by law and subject to the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Selected Market,
the Company may from time to time increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 days, if the Board of Directors determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that such increase would be in the Company’s best
interest. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall deliver to Holders a notice of the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect at least 15 days prior to the
date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with applicable law. In addition, subject to the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Company may also, but is not required to, increase the Conversion Rate to avoid
or diminish income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with any dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or similar event. 

(j) [reserved]. 
 (k) Adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate shall be calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share. The Company will not be

  
 41 

 
required to make an adjustment in the Conversion Rate unless the adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the applicable Conversion Rate. However, the Company will carry forward any
adjustments that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate and make such carried-forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, (i) annually, on the anniversary of the first date of issue of the Notes and
(ii) solely with respect to the Note to be converted, upon conversion of any Note and on each day during the applicable Observation Period. 
 Section 5.06. Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of Shares of Common Stock. In the event of: 
 (a) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a share split or combination); 

(b) a consolidation, merger or combination involving the Company; or 

(c) a sale or conveyance to another person of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, 

in each case as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or
assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Merger Event”), then, at the effective time of the Merger Event, the Company shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Article 10
providing that the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be changed into a right to convert such Note into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination
thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate immediately prior to such Merger Event would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such Merger Event (the “Reference
Property”). However, at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (i) the Company will continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid and delivered, as the case may be upon conversion of the Notes
under Section 5.03 and (ii)(x) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 5.03 will continue to be payable in cash, (y) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to
deliver upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 5.03 will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a Holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have received in such transaction and
(z) the Daily VWAP will be calculated by the Company based on the value of the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock would have received in such Merger Event. 

  
 42 

 If such Merger Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into the right to receive more than a single
type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property into which the Notes will be convertible will be deemed to be (i) the weighted average of the types and amounts of Reference Property
received by the holders of the Common Stock that affirmatively make such an election or (ii) if no holders of Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the types and amount of consideration actually received by such holders. If such
Merger Event also constitutes a Fundamental Change, a Holder may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of its Notes to the extent provided in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify Holders and the Trustee of the weighted average as
soon as practicable after such determination is made. 
 The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to
successive Merger Events. 
 Section 5.07. Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture
requires the Company to calculate Last Reported Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs, or any function thereof over a span of multiple days (including any Observation Period and any period used to determine the “Stock Price” for purposes of a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change), the Company will make appropriate adjustments to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date,
effective date or Expiration Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period during which such prices are to be calculated. Such adjustments will be effective as of the Ex-Dividend Date, effective date or Expiration Date, as the case may be,
of the event causing the adjustment to the Conversion Rate. 
 Section 5.08. Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon
Conversion Upon Make-Whole Fundamental Changes 
 (a) If the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior
to the Stated Maturity and a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of
Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”) as described below. A conversion of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in 

  
 43 

 
connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the Conversion Notice with respect to such Notes is received by the Conversion Agent during the period from, and including, the
Effective Date up to, and including, the Close of Business on the second scheduled Trading Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental
Change but for the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the 30th Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the Effective Date). 
 Upon surrender of Notes for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change, the Company will, at its option, satisfy its Conversion Obligation by Physical Settlement, Cash Settlement or Combination
Settlement pursuant to Section 5.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the consideration paid for the Common Stock in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change is
comprised entirely of cash, for any conversion of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Conversion Obligation will be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and will be deemed to be an
amount per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes equal to the applicable Conversion Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 5.08), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Conversion Obligation will be
determined and paid to Holders in cash on the third Business Day following the Conversion Date. Otherwise, the Company will settle any conversion of Notes following the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change as described under
Section 5.03. The Company will notify Holders of the Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change no later than five Business Days after such Effective Date. 
 (b) The number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate will be increased in the event of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change shall be determined by reference to the table attached as Schedule
A hereto, based on the Effective Date and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid per share of Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change. If the holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change,
the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day
immediately preceding the relevant Effective Date. 
 (c) The Stock Prices set forth in the first row (i.e., the column headers)
of the table in Schedule A hereto shall be adjusted as of any date on which the 

  
 44 

 
Conversion Rate is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in such table shall be adjusted in the
same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 5.05. 
 (d) The exact Stock Prices and Effective Dates may not
be set forth in the table in Schedule A, in which case: 
 (i) If the Stock Price is between two Stock
Price amounts in the table or the Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and
lower Stock Price amounts and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year. 
 (ii) If the Stock Price
is greater than $25.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices as set forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate. 

(iii) If the Stock Price is less than $9.90 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices as set
forth in the column headings of the table in Schedule A), no Additional Shares will be added to the Conversion Rate. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Conversion Rate exceed 101.0101 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject
to adjustments in the same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 5.05. 
 (e) If a Holder of Notes elects
to convert its Notes prior to the Effective Date of any Fundamental Change, such Holder shall not be entitled to an increased Conversion Rate in connection with such conversion. 

Section 5.09. Taxes on Shares Issued. Any issue of Common Stock share certificates on conversions of Notes shall be made without
charge to the converting Holder for any documentary, transfer, stamp or any similar tax in respect of the issue thereof, and the Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of
the issue 

  
 45 

 
or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer
involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in any name other than that of the Holder of any Notes converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such Common Stock share certificate unless and until the
Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. 

Section 5.10. Reservation of Shares; Shares to be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements. The Company shall
provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held in treasury, sufficient Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are
presented for conversion. 
 The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of Notes
shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free from any lien or adverse claim. 

Section 5.11. Responsibility of Trustee.The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 5 should
be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Conversion Rate or whether any facts exist which may
require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in
making the same. The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Common Stock, or of any securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered
upon the conversion of any Notes; and the Trustee and any other Conversion Agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the
duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article 5. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine whether a supplemental
indenture needs to be entered into or the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into and may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such

  
 46 

 
provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental
indenture) with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall be responsible for making any calculations under this Article 5 nor for monitoring the price of the Common Stock. 

Section 5.12. [reserved]. 
 Section 5.13. Stockholder Rights Plan.Each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes, if any, pursuant to this Article 5 shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights,
if any, and the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any subsequent stockholder rights agreement adopted by the Company, as
any such agreement may be amended from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to any conversion such rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights
agreement, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company had distributed to all Holders of the Common Stock, shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets, property, rights or
warrants as described in Section 5.05(c) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights. Any distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to a rights plan that would allow a Holder to
receive upon conversion, in addition to shares of Common Stock, the rights described therein with respect to such Common Stock (unless such rights or warrants have separated from the Common Stock) shall not constitute a distribution of rights or
warrants that would entitle the Holder to an adjustment to the Conversion Rate. 
 Section 5.14. Company Determination
Final. Any determination that the Company or its Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article 5 shall be conclusive if made in good faith, absent manifest error. 

ARTICLE 6 

REDEMPTION 
 Section 6.01. Optional Redemption. 
 (a) Pursuant to Section 3.1
of the Base Indenture, the Notes are redeemable on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article 6. 

  
 47 

 (b) Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 of the Base Indenture shall not apply to the Notes.
No sinking fund is provided for the Notes and therefore, Article XI of the Base Indenture shall not apply to the Notes. 

Section 6.02. Right to Redeem; Notices to Trustee.  
 (a) On or after June 20, 2015, the Company may redeem any or all of the Notes, except Notes that it is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 4.01, in cash at the Redemption Price; provided
that the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for 20 or more Trading Days in a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending within ten Trading Days immediately prior to the date of the Notice of Redemption exceeds 130% of the applicable
Conversion Price in effect on each such Trading Day. 
 (b) The redemption price (the “Redemption Price”)
shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. Any Notes so redeemed will be paid for in cash. 

Section 6.03. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If less than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, then (a) in the
case of one or more certificated Notes, the Trustee shall select such Notes to be redeemed by lot or by any other method the Trustee considers reasonable, fair and appropriate and (ii) in the case of one or more Global Notes, such Notes or any
portion thereof that are to be redeemed shall be selected by DTC in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. The Trustee shall make the selection within seven days from its receipt of the Notice of Redemption from outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption. 
 Notes and portions of Notes the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral
multiples of $1,000, by lot. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption in whole also apply to Notes called for redemption in part. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be
redeemed. 
 If any Notes selected for partial redemption are converted in part before termination of the conversion right with
respect to the portion of the Note so selected, the converted portion of such Note shall be deemed to be of the portion selected for redemption. Notes which have been converted during a selection of Notes to be redeemed may be treated by the Trustee
as outstanding for the purpose of such selection. 

  
 48 

 Section 6.04. Notice of Redemption. The Company shall mail a notice of redemption
(“Notice of Redemption”) not more than 60 calendar days but not less than 35 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Redemption Date, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and each Holder of Notes to be redeemed to the addresses set forth in
the register of the Registrar. 
 The notice shall specify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the Redemption Date; 
 (b) the Redemption Price; 
 (c) the Applicable Conversion Rate and approximate
Conversion Price; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent; 

(e) that the right to convert the Notes called for redemption will expire on the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day
immediately preceding the Redemption Date unless the Company fails to pay the Redemption Price (in which case a Holder may convert its Notes so called until the Redemption Price has been paid or duly provided for); 

(f) that Holders who want to convert Notes must satisfy the requirements set forth therein and in this Indenture; 

(g) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price; 

(h) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers (if such Notes are not Global Notes) and
principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (i) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such
Redemption Price, interest will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; and 
 (j) the CUSIP number of the Notes.

 At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the Notice of Redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed
in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense, provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 days (unless a shorter time should be acceptable to the

  
 49 

 
Trustee) prior to the notice date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice. 

Section 6.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once a Notice of Redemption is given, Notes called for redemption become due
and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the Notice of Redemption except for Notes that are converted in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the
Redemption Price stated in the Notice of Redemption. 
 Section 6.06. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 11:00
a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate
and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Redemption Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Redemption Price of all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be
redeemed as of the Redemption Date. 
 If the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price with respect to
the Notes to be redeemed on the Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, then, immediately on and after the Redemption Date, interest on such Notes shall cease to accrue, whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying
Agent, and all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate, other than the right to receive the Redemption Price upon delivery of such Notes. 
 Section 6.07. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any certificated Notes which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such certificated Note, without service charge, a new certificated Note or new certificated Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount
equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the certificated Notes so surrendered that is not redeemed, subject to Section 6.09. 

  
 50 

 Section 6.08. Payment of Interest Upon Redemption. If Notes are redeemed on a date
that is after a Regular Record Date for an Interest Payment Date and prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Company will not pay accrued interest to the Holder of Notes being redeemed, and will instead pay the full amount of the
relevant interest payment on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date. 
 Section 6.09.
Transfer and Exchange Upon Redemption. In the event of any redemption in part, the Company shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the Open of Business 15 days
before any selection for redemption of Notes and ending at the Close of Business on the earliest date on which the relevant Notice of Redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) register the transfer
of or exchange any Notes so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. 
 Section 6.10. Effect of Acceleration. No Notes may be redeemed if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated pursuant to Article 7, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or
prior to the Redemption Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the applicable Redemption Price with respect to such Notes). 

ARTICLE 7 

REMEDIES 
 Section 7.01. Events of Default.  
 (a) The provisions of this Article
7 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede in its entirety Article VI of the Base Indenture. 
 (b) “Event of
Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events: 
 (i) default in the payment of
any interest (including Additional Interest) on any Note when it becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days; or 

  
 51 

 (ii) default in the payment of the principal of any Note when due and
payable at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or 

(iii) default in the Company’s obligation to convert the Notes into cash, Common Stock or a combination of cash and
Common Stock, as applicable, in accordance with Article 5 upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right, and such failure continues for three Business Days; or 

(iv) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Article 8; or 

(v) failure by the Company to issue a Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice in accordance with Section 4.01; or

 (vi) failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture; or 

(vii) default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under
which there may be outstanding, or there may be secured or evidenced, any debt for money borrowed in excess of $35,000,000 in the aggregate of the Company and/or such Subsidiary, whether such debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which
default results (i) in such debt becoming or being declared due and payable, and such debt has not been discharged in full or such declaration rescinded or annulled within 60 days or (ii) from a failure to pay the principal of any such
debt when due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 60 days; or 

(viii) a final judgment for the payment of $35,000,000 or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) rendered
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged, stayed, vacated, paid or otherwise satisfied within 60 days after (i) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced,
or (ii) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; or 

  
 52 

 (ix) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall commence a
voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of its respective property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by
any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or 

(x) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of its respective property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

 Section 7.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.  

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare 100% of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon
such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest shall become due and payable immediately. However, upon an Event of Default arising out of Section 7.01(b)(ix) or Section 7.01(b)(x) (except, in either case, with respect
to any Significant Subsidiary) the aggregate principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately without notice from the Trustee or Holders. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of the Company, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default for the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations as set forth in
Section 3.06 (any such Event of Default, a “Reporting Event of Default”) shall, for the first 360 days after the occurrence of such Reporting Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive

  
 53 

 
additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) on the Notes at an annual rate equal to (i) 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding for each
day during the 180-day period on which such Reporting Event of Default is continuing beginning on, and including, the date on which such Reporting Event of Default first occurs and (ii) 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes
outstanding for each day during the 180-day period on which such Reporting Event of Default is continuing beginning on, and including, the 181st day on which such Reporting Event of Default is continuing. If the Company so elects, the Additional
Interest shall be payable as provided in Section 3.08. On the 361st day after such Reporting Event of Default (if the Reporting Event of Default is not cured or waived prior to such 361st day), the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all such Notes to be due and payable immediately. The provisions described in this paragraph shall not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default. In the
event the Company does not elect to pay Additional Interest following a Reporting Event of Default in accordance with this paragraph or the Company elected to make such payment but does not pay such Additional Interest when due, the Notes shall be
immediately subject to acceleration as provided above. In no event shall Additional Interest payable pursuant to the foregoing election accrue at a rate per year in excess of the applicable rate specified in this paragraph, regardless of the number
of events or circumstances giving rise to requirements to pay such Additional Interest pursuant to this paragraph. With regard to any Reporting Event of Default, no Additional Interest shall accrue after such Reporting Event of Default has been
cured. 
 (b) If the Company elects to pay the Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 360 days after the
occurrence of a Reporting Event of Default, the Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such election prior to the beginning of such 360-day period. Upon the Company’s failure to timely give such notice,
the Notes will be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of Section 7.02(a) above. 

Section 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.  

The Company covenants that if 

  
 54 

 (a) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest becomes
due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or 
 (b) default is made in the payment of the principal of
any Note when due and payable at the Stated Maturity thereof, 
 the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the
Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and on any overdue interest, at
the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and
enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy. 
 Section 7.04.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  
 In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon
the Notes), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the TIA in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee
allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee,
liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 of the Base Indenture.

  
 55 

 No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 7.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.  

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of
any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for
the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 

Section 7.06. Application of Money Collected.  
 Subject to Article 5, any money or property money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the
distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 of the Base Indenture; 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the
benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 

THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Company. 
 Section 7.07. Limitation on Suits.  

  
 56 

 Subject to Section 7.08, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
 (a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(c) such Holders have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against the loss, liability or expense to be
incurred in compliance with such request; 
 (d) the Trustee has not complied with such request for 60 days after its receipt of
such notice and offer of security and/or indemnity; and 
 (e) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, inconsistent with such written request within such 60-day period; 
 it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice
the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the
Holders. 
 Section 7.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest and to Convert. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and
unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest (including Additional Interest) on such Note when due and to convert such Note in accordance with Article 5 and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and right to
convert, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 7.09. Restoration of
Rights and Remedies.  
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under
this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued 

  
 57 

 
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the
Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 Section 7.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8
of the Base Indenture, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative
and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 7.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.  

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (subject to the limitations contained in this Indenture) or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 7.12. Control by Holders.  
 The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that:

 (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture and shall not be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of any other Holder or result in personal liability to the Trustee, and 

  
 58 

 (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
inconsistent with such direction or this Indenture; 
 and provided, further that, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 Section 7.13. Waiver of Past Defaults and Rescission. 

 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes:

 (a) waive any existing Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default: 

(i) in the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on any Note
that remains uncured, or 
 (ii) in respect of the failure to deliver amounts due upon conversion of a Note in
accordance with Section 5.01 hereunder, and 
 (b) at any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before
a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article 7 provided, rescind and annul any such declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences, if: 

(i) such rescission will not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and 

(ii) all existing Events of Default, other than nonpayment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest (including
Additional Interest, if any) on any Note or a failure to deliver amounts due upon conversion of a Note in accordance with Section 5.01 hereunder, have been cured or waived. 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured,
for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 59 

 Section 7.14. Undertaking for Costs.  

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the
TIA; provided, that neither this Section nor the TIA shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit by any Holder or group of Holders
holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes or in any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note in accordance with Article 12 or for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Note on or after the maturity of such Note, including the Stated Maturity expressed in such Note. 

Section 7.15. [reserved].  
 Section 7.16. Notice of Default.  
 The provisions of this
Section 7.16 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede in its entirety the second paragraph of Section 4.3 of the Base Indenture. 
 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence of any events that constitute a Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default, the status of such events and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereof. 

Section 7.17. Interest on Overdue Payments.  
 Payments of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Redemption Price, principal and interest (including Additional Interest) that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the
then-applicable interest rate from the required payment date. 
 ARTICLE 8 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR
LEASE 
 Section 8.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.  

  
 60 

 This Section 8.01 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede in its entirety
Section 5.1 of the Base Indenture. 
 The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or
lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, another Person, unless: 
 (i) the resulting,
surviving or transferee Person, if other than the Company, is a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person, if not the Company, shall expressly assume,
by supplemental indenture hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; and 
 (iii) the Company, or the successor Person if other than the Company, has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction
have been complied with. 
 Section 8.02. Successor Substituted.  

This Section 8.02 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede in its entirety Section 5.2 of the Base Indenture. 

Upon any transaction referred to in Section 8.01 in accordance therewith, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into
which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person
had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company in the case of a sale, conveyance or other disposition (other than a lease) shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture
and the Notes. 

  
 61 

 ARTICLE 9 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section
9.01 . Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 
 (a) Subject to Section 1.02 hereof, the provisions of Article VIII of
the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall apply to the Notes. 
 (b) Sections
8.1, 8.3 and 8.4 of the Base Indenture shall not apply to the Notes. 
 (c) When (i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee
for cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or
(ii) all the Notes not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, cash or the Holders, as applicable, cash, shares of Common Stock,
or cash and shares of Common Stock, if any (solely to satisfy outstanding conversions, if applicable), sufficient to pay at the Stated Maturity, upon conversion, upon any Redemption Date or Fundamental Change Date or upon redemption of all of the
Notes (other than any Notes that shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) due or to become due to such Stated Maturity, Redemption Date of Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause
to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (A) remaining rights of registration of transfer, substitution and exchange and conversion of Notes,
(B) rights hereunder of Holders to receive payments of principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts,
if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (C) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the
reasonable cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; the Company, however, hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably
and properly incurred by the Trustee and to 

  
 62 

 
compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.7 of the Base Indenture, and if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.01(c), the provisions of Section 2.4, 2.7,
2.8, 8.2 and 8.5 of the Base Indenture shall survive. 
 ARTICLE 10 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 
 Section 10.01. Supplemental Indentures . Subject to Section 1.02 hereof, the provisions of Article IX of the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the provisions of this Supplemental
Indenture, shall apply to the Notes. 
 Any Notes held by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be disregarded (from both
the numerator and the denominator) for purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have consented to a modification, amendment or waiver of the terms of the Indenture. 

Section 10.02. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. 

This Section 10.02 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture in its entirety. Without the
consent of any Holder, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company,
for any of the following purposes: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission , defect or omission or inconsistency; including to
eliminate any conflict with the terms of the TIA; 
 (b) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations under
this Indenture by a successor pursuant to Article 8; 
 (c) to provide any security for or add guarantees with respect to the
Notes; 
 (d) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred
upon the Company; 

  
 63 

 (e) to provide for conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 (f) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of outstanding Notes (other than any
Holder that consents to such change); 
 (g) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (h) to conform the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to the “Description of
Notes” section of the Company’s preliminary prospectus supplement dated September 13, 2011 relating to the offering of the Notes as supplemented by the Company’s second free writing prospectus dated September 13, 2011
relating thereto; 
 (i) to provide for a successor Trustee; or 

(j) to comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary; 
 Section 10.03. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.  

This Section 10.03 shall, with respect to the Notes, supersede Sections 9.2 and 9.3 of the Base Indenture in their entirety.
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Company, when
authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture or waiving any past Default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent
of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, 
 (a) reduce the amount of the Notes the Holders of which must consent
to a supplement to this Indenture; 
 (b) reduce the rate, or extend the stated time for payment, of interest on any Note;

 (c) reduce the principal, or extend the Stated Maturity, of any Note; 

  
 64 

 (d) make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Note; 

(e) reduce any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or Redemption Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the
Holders of the Notes the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise; 
 (f) change the place or currency of payment of principal or interest in respect of any Note; 
 (g) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment
on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (h) adversely affect the ranking of the Notes as the Company’s senior
unsecured indebtedness; or 
 (i) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the
waiver provisions if such change adversely affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes. 
 It shall not be necessary for any
Act or consent of Holders under this Section 10.03 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act or consent shall approve the substance thereof. The Company may, but shall not be
obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons,
shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been
obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. 

Section 10.04. Notices of Supplemental Indentures. After a supplement under this Article 10 becomes effective, the Company
will send to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. 

  
 65 

 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01. Governing Law. 

 This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 Section 11.02. Calculations in Respect of Notes. 

Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for hereunder and
under the Notes or in connection with a conversion. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Last Reported Sales Price, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Daily VWAP, the Daily Settlement Amount and the
Conversion Rate on the Notes. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of the
Company’s calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The
Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any Holder upon the request of such Holder. 
 Section 11.03. No
Representations or Warranties by the Trustee. 
 The Trustee makes no representations or warranties with respect to the
validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 66 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	INTERMUNE, INC.
		
	By:	 	     /s/ John C. Hodgman

		 	Name:	 	John C. Hodgman
		 	Title:	 	SVP & CFO

 [Signature Page to the Second Supplemental Indenture - Trustee Signature Follows] 

 
					
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Melonee Young

		 	Name:	 	Melonee Young
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Signature Page to the Second Supplemental Indenture] 

  
 A-1

 Schedule A 

Make-Whole Table 
 The following table sets forth the hypothetical Stock Prices and the number of Additional Shares to be received by which the Conversion Rate will be increased per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes in
the event of a Make Whole Fundamental Change: 
  

																																																					
	 	 	Stock Price	 	 	  
	 
	 Effective

Date
	 	$ 9.90	 	 	$ 10.50	 	 	$ 11.00	 	 	$ 11.50	 	 	$ 12.00	 	 	$ 12.87	 	 	$ 14.00	 	 	$ 15.00	 	 	$ 16.00	 	 	$ 18.00	 	 	$ 20.00	 	 	$ 22.50	 	 	$ 25.00	 
	 January 22, 2013
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	21.6768	  	 	 	19.3379	  	 	 	17.3429	  	 	 	15.4351	  	 	 	12.7205	  	 	 	10.0002	  	 	 	8.2227	  	 	 	6.6262	  	 	 	4.4831	  	 	 	3.0066	  	 	 	1.7756	  	 	 	0.9871	  
	 December 15, 2013
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	20.6638	  	 	 	18.2240	  	 	 	16.1321	  	 	 	14.2381	  	 	 	11.7188	  	 	 	8.9437	  	 	 	6.9939	  	 	 	5.4953	  	 	 	3.5481	  	 	 	2.2408	  	 	 	1.1756	  	 	 	0.5827	  
	 December 15, 2014
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	19.3109	  	 	 	16.5372	  	 	 	14.5565	  	 	 	12.2315	  	 	 	9.3049	  	 	 	6.6049	  	 	 	4.7829	  	 	 	3.4780	  	 	 	1.9313	  	 	 	0.9256	  	 	 	0.3684	  	 	 	0.0789	  
	 December 15, 2015
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	19.4226	  	 	 	16.6031	  	 	 	14.1653	  	 	 	11.5880	  	 	 	8.3100	  	 	 	4.9087	  	 	 	2.4619	  	 	 	0.5725	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  
	 December 15, 2016
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	20.0774	  	 	 	17.0416	  	 	 	14.3695	  	 	 	11.9389	  	 	 	8.6215	  	 	 	5.1486	  	 	 	2.6907	  	 	 	1.1351	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  
	 December 15, 2017
	 	 	23.3100	  	 	 	17.5380	  	 	 	13.2090	  	 	 	9.2564	  	 	 	5.6333	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  	 	 	0.0000	  

  
 A-2

 Exhibit A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS
IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS
A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS
NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]1 

 

	1 	This legend is to be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 

  
 A-3

 InterMune, Inc. 

2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 
  

			
	No. [            ]	  	U.S. $[            ]

 CUSIP: [            ] 

ISIN: [            ] 

InterMune, Inc., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the
“Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of [—] United States Dollars ($[—]) (which amount may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as
custodian for the Depositary, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and in accordance with the below referred Indenture) on December 15, 2017. 
 The issue date of this Note is [—]. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Company the right to redeem this Note under certain
circumstances, provisions giving the Holder the right to convert this Note into Common Stock of the Company and to the ability and obligation of the Company to purchase this Note upon certain events, in each case, on the terms and subject to the
limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
shall have such meanings as are ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. 
 This Note shall be deemed to be a contract made
under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of said State. 
 [Signature page follows] 

  
 A-4

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	INTERMUNE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	Date:	 	

  

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee, certifies that this is
one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Authorized Signatory
	Date:	 	

  
 A-5

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

InterMune, Inc. 
 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 
 This Note is one of a duly
authorized issue of 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) of the Company issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2011 (as amended, modified and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture
dated January 22, 2013 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”), the “Indenture”) between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of
the Note include those stated in the Indenture, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), and those set forth in this Note. This Note is subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall govern and be controlling. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 
  

	 	1.	Interest. 

 This Note
shall bear interest at a rate of 2.50% per annum on the principal amount. Interest on this Note shall accrue from the date of issuance or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, as the case may be.
Interest will be payable semi-annually, in arrears, on each June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15, 2013, to the person in whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on the immediately preceding June 1 and
December 1, as the case may be. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) will accrue for the intervening period. 
 Interest (including Additional Interest, if
any) will cease to accrue on the Notes upon their Stated Maturity, conversion, redemption or repurchase by the Company at the option of the Holder upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change. 

  
 A-6

	 	2.	Method of Payment. 

Payment of the principal of the Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent designated
by the Company in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, in accordance with Section 3.01(c) of the Second Supplemental Indenture. 

 

	 	3.	Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. 

 Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change the Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes.
The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent. 
  

	 	4.	Indenture. 

 The Notes are
general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the ability of the Company to incur other debt, secured or unsecured. 
  

	 	5.	Redemption at the Option of the Company. 

 The Notes are redeemable in whole, or from time to time in part, at any time on or after June 20, 2015 at the option of the Company if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for 20 or more
Trading Days in a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending within ten Trading Days immediately prior to the date of the Notice of Redemption exceeds 130% of the applicable Conversion Price in effect on each such Trading Day. The Redemption Price
shall be payable in cash and shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), if any to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. No sinking fund is provided
for the Notes. 
  

	 	6.	Purchase by the Company at the Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change. 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase, at the option of any Holder, all or
any portion of the Notes held by such Holder upon a Fundamental Change in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. To exercise such right, a Holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent, and
the Paying Agent must receive, a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice containing 

  
 A-7

 
the information set forth in the Indenture, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, and shall
deliver the Notes to the Paying Agent as set forth in the Indenture. 
 Holders have the right to withdraw (in whole or in part)
any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  

	 	7.	Conversion. 

 Subject to
the provisions of the Indenture (including without limitation the conditions of conversion of Notes set forth in Article 5 of the Second Supplemental Indenture), the Holder hereof has the right, at its option (i) during certain periods and upon
the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding September 15, 2017, and (ii) on or after September 15, 2017, at any time prior to the Close of
Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Stated Maturity, to convert this Note or a portion of this Note such that the principal amount of this Note that is not converted equals $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof into an amount of cash, a number of shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, determined in accordance with Article 5 of the Supplemental Indenture. 

No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon any conversion. The Company shall make payment of an amount in cash, as provided
in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Notes for conversion. Notes in respect of which a Holder is exercising its right to require repurchase on a
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date may be converted only if such Holder withdraws its election to exercise such right in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	 	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. 

 The Notes are in fully registered form, without interest coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto
by law or permitted by the Indenture. 

  
 A-8

	 	9.	Unclaimed Money or Securities. 

 The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon request any cash or securities held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years,
subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the cash or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

  

	 	10.	Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Notes or the Indenture may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding,
and an existing Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Notes or the Indenture may be waived, except in certain circumstances described in the Indenture, with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes in the circumstances set
forth in the Indenture. 
  

	 	11.	Defaults and Remedies. 

If any Event of Default other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is
continuing, the principal of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default
occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) shall become due and payable immediately
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all to the extent provided in the Indenture. 
  

	 	12.	Authentication. 

 This
Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-9

	 	13.	Abbreviations. 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian)
and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

	 	14.	Indenture to Control; Governing Law. 

 To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 A-10

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES2 
 The following exchanges, purchases or conversions of a part of this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of

Decrease or
 Increase
	 	 Signature of

Authorized

Signatory of

Trustee or

Custodian
	 	 Decrease in

Principal

Amount of this
 Global Note
	  	Increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
Following Such
Decrease or
Increase

  

	2 	This schedule is to be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 

  
 A-11

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 If you want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature guaranteed: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type name, address and zip code and
social security or tax ID number of assignee) 
  

			
	            and irrevocably appoint	 	  

			
	 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.

  

			
	Date:
                                         
                 	  	Signed:                            
                              

  

			
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

 Note: Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-12

 CONVERSION NOTICE 
 If you want to exercise the option to convert this Note in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, check the box:  ̈ 

To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (which must be $1,000 or a multiple of $1,000, provided
that the portion not so converted is in a minimum principal amount of $1,000): 

$                      
       
 If you want the share certificate, if any, made out in another person’s name,
fill in the form below: 
  

	
	
	  

	(Insert other person’s social security or tax ID no.)
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(Print or type other person’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	Date:
                                         
                 	  	Signed:                            
                              

  

			
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

 Note: Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 A-13

 FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

400 South Hope Street, Suite 400 
 Los Angeles,
California 90071 
 Attention: Corporate Unit 
 Re: InterMune, Inc. (the “Company”)  

      2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2017 

This is a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice as defined in Section 4.01(a) of the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
January 22, 2013, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”) (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and the Base Indenture, dated as of September 19,
2011, between the Company and the Trustee, as amended, modified and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”). Terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

  

	
	Certificate No(s). of Notes:
                                         
                                   

 I intend to deliver the following aggregate principal amount of Notes for purchase by the Company
pursuant to Article 4 of the Second Supplemental Indenture (integral multiples of $1,000 with a minimum of $1,000): 
  

	
	$                             
                       

 I hereby agree that the Notes will be purchased on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the
terms and conditions specified in the Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

	
	Signed:Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2013

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION 
  
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of January 22, 2013 
 Among 
 BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 and 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

as Trustee 

4.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06;7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06;12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05;12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12;9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 	1	  
			
	Section 1.01	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	14	  
	Section 1.03	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	15	  
	Section 1.04	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	16	  
	Section 1.05	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	17	  
		
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	  	 	19	  
			
	Section 2.01	 	 Form and Dating; Terms
	  	 	19	  
	Section 2.02	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	19	  
	Section 2.03	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	20	  
	Section 2.04	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	20	  
	Section 2.05	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	20	  
	Section 2.06	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	21	  
	Section 2.07	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	22	  
	Section 2.08	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	22	  
	Section 2.09	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	22	  
	Section 2.10	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	23	  
	Section 2.11	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	23	  
	Section 2.12	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	23	  
	Section 2.13	 	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	24	  
		
	ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION	  	 	24	  
			
	Section 3.01	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	24	  
	Section 3.02	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	24	  
	Section 3.03	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	25	  
	Section 3.04	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	26	  
	Section 3.05	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	26	  
	Section 3.06	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	26	  
	Section 3.07	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	26	  
	Section 3.08	 	 Sinking Fund
	  	 	27	  
		
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	  	 	27	  
			
	Section 4.01	 	 Payment of Notes; Additional Amounts
	  	 	27	  
	Section 4.02	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	28	  
	Section 4.03	 	 Provision of Financial Information
	  	 	28	  
	Section 4.04	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	29	  
	Section 4.05	 	 Taxes
	  	 	29	  
	Section 4.06	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	29	  
	Section 4.07	 	 Limitation on Subsidiary Debt
	  	 	30	  
	Section 4.08	 	 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	31	  

  
 -i-

							
	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 4.09	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	32	  
	Section 4.10	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	33	  
	Section 4.11	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	33	  
	Section 4.12	 	 Additional Note Guarantors
	  	 	35	  
	Section 4.13	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	36	  
	Section 4.14	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	36	  
	Section 4.15	 	 Additional Interest Notice
	  	 	36	  
		
	ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS	  	 	36	  
			
	Section 5.01	 	 Consolidation, Merger and Conveyance, Transfer and Lease of Assets
	  	 	36	  
	Section 5.02	 	 Successor Entity Substituted
	  	 	37	  
		
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 	37	  
			
	Section 6.01	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	37	  
	Section 6.02	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	39	  
	Section 6.03	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	39	  
	Section 6.04	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	39	  
	Section 6.05	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	40	  
	Section 6.06	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	40	  
	Section 6.07	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	40	  
	Section 6.08	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	41	  
	Section 6.09	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	41	  
	Section 6.10	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	41	  
	Section 6.11	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	41	  
	Section 6.12	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	41	  
	Section 6.13	 	 Priorities
	  	 	42	  
	Section 6.14	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	42	  
		
	ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE	  	 	42	  
			
	Section 7.01	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	42	  
	Section 7.02	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	43	  
	Section 7.03	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	44	  
	Section 7.04	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	45	  
	Section 7.05	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	45	  
	Section 7.06	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	45	  
	Section 7.07	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	45	  
	Section 7.08	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	46	  
	Section 7.09	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	47	  
	Section 7.10	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	47	  
	Section 7.11	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	  	 	47	  
		
	ARTICLE 8 DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE	  	 	48	  
			
	Section 8.01	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	48	  
	Section 8.02	 	 Legal Defeasance
	  	 	49	  
	Section 8.03	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	50	  
	Section 8.04	 	 Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes
	  	 	50	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 8.05	 	 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent
	  	 	50	  
	Section 8.06	 	 Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Two Years
	  	 	50	  
	Section 8.07	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	51	  
		
	ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 	51	  
			
	Section 9.01	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	51	  
	Section 9.02	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	52	  
	Section 9.03	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	52	  
	Section 9.04	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	53	  
	Section 9.05	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	53	  
	Section 9.06	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	53	  
		
	ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES	  	 	53	  
			
	Section 10.01	 	 Note Guarantee
	  	 	53	  
	Section 10.02	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	55	  
	Section 10.03	 	 Execution and Delivery
	  	 	55	  
	Section 10.04	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	55	  
	Section 10.05	 	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	56	  
	Section 10.06	 	 Release of Note Guarantees
	  	 	56	  
		
	ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	57	  
			
	Section 11.01	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	57	  
	Section 11.02	 	 Notices
	  	 	57	  
	Section 11.03	 	 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	  	 	58	  
	Section 11.04	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	59	  
	Section 11.05	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	59	  
	Section 11.06	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	59	  
	Section 11.07	 	 No Personal Liability of Stockholders, Partners, Officers or Directors
	  	 	59	  
	Section 11.08	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.09	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.10	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.11	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.12	 	 Successors
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.13	 	 Severability
	  	 	60	  
	Section 11.14	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	61	  
	Section 11.15	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	61	  
	Section 11.16	 	 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act
	  	 	61	  
	Section 11.17	 	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	61	  
			
	Appendix A	 	 Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes, and Exchange Notes
	  			
			
	Exhibit A	 	 Form of Note
	  			
	Exhibit B	 	 Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
	  			
	Exhibit C	 	 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
	  			

  
 -iii-

 INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2013 among Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of and issue of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Initial Notes”); and 

WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; 

WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors has received good and valuable consideration for the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be; 
 WHEREAS, each of the other Guarantors will derive substantial
direct and indirect benefits from the issuance of the Notes; 
 WHEREAS, all necessary acts and things have been done to make:
(1) the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company; (2) this Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and (3) this Indenture, including the Guarantees hereunder, a legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Guarantors in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“2020 Notes” means the $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued by the
Company and Guaranteed by certain of the Company’s Subsidiaries. 
 “Additional Interest” means all
additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes”
means additional Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01. 
 “Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this
definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the
terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. 

 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Aggregate Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (1) the sum of the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of (a) the Indebtedness of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by Liens not permitted under Section 4.09(a) and (b) the 2020 Notes;
(2) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Subsidiary Debt incurred after the closing date of the offering of the Notes and not permitted under Section 4.07(b); provided, that any such Subsidiary Debt will be excluded from
this clause (2) to the extent that such Subsidiary Debt is included in clause (1) or (3) of this definition; and (3) the then existing Attributable Liens of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Sale and
Leaseback Transactions entered into after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.08(b); provided, that any such Attributable Liens will be excluded from this clause (3) to the extent that such Indebtedness relating thereto is included in
clause (1) or (2) of this definition. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any
applicable redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Note at January 15, 2018 (as set forth in Section 3.07(b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due
on the Note through January 15, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 (b) the principal amount of such Note. 

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction the lesser of: (1) the fair market
value of the assets subject to such transaction, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and (2) the present value (discounted at a rate of 10% per annum compounded monthly) of the obligations of the lessee
for rental payments during the shorter of the term of the related lease or the period through the first date on which the Company or the applicable Subsidiary may terminate the lease. 

“Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, codified as Title 11, U.S. Code §101 1330, as amended.

 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such Board. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a Person incurred with respect to real
property or equipment acquired or leased by such Person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or
non-voting) in such Person’s equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person. 

  
 -2-

 “Change of Control” means: 

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote,
written notice or otherwise) that any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or has become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (1) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such
person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, directly or indirectly and provided further that a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control under this
clause (1) if (a) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, and (b)(i) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are
substantially the same as the holders of our Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (ii) immediately following that transaction no “person” or “group” (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements
of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company; or 
 (2) the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to,
or merges or consolidates with, a Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), other than any such merger or consolidation where the shares of the Company’s Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction
constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving person or parent entity thereof immediately after giving effect to such transaction. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of (1) a Change of Control that is accompanied or
followed by a downgrade of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period for such Change of Control by each of Moody’s and S&P (or, in the event Moody’s or S&P or both shall cease rating the Notes (for reasons outside the control of
the Company) and the Company shall select any other nationally recognized rating agency, the equivalent of such ratings by such other nationally recognized rating agency) and (2) the rating of the Notes on any day during such Ratings Decline
Period is below the lower of the rating by such nationally recognized rating agency in effect (a) immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to
public announcement) and (b) on the Issue Date. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Company” means Brocade Communication
Systems, Inc. and any successor thereto. 
 “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury
security selected by a Reference Treasury Dealer as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes called for redemption, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary
financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of Notes called for redemption. 

  
 -3-

 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date,
(1) the arithmetic average, as determined by the Company, of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations; or (2) if the Company obtains fewer
than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any Measurement Period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of:
(1) Consolidated Net Income; (2) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; (3) Consolidated Interest Expense; (4) Consolidated Income Tax Expense; (5) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments; (6) restructuring
expenses and charges; (7) any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, Investment, recapitalization or incurrence of Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture (whether or not successful) or related to the issuance of the Notes;
(8) any net loss from discontinued operations; (9) costs or accruals or reserves incurred in connection with acquisitions after the issue date of the Notes; and (10) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Equity Interests). 
 Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the applicable Measurement Period to any asset sales or other dispositions or acquisitions, investment, mergers,
consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) by such Person and its Subsidiaries (1) that have occurred during such Measurement Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of such Measurement Period
and on or prior to the date of the transaction in respect of which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined and (2) that the Company determines in good faith are outside the ordinary course of business, in each case as if such asset sale or
other disposition or acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of such Measurement Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; provided that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that are reasonably identifiable
and factually supportable and have been realized or for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken or have been identified and are reasonably expected to be taken within one year following any such transaction (which operating expense
reductions are reasonably expected to be sustainable). Such pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. 
 “Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries
for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for
any period, without duplication, the total net interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, of such
Person and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation: (1) any amortization of debt discount; (2) the net cost under any Swap Contract in respect of interest rate protection (including any amortization of discounts); (3) the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; (4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of 

  
 -4-

 
credit, bankers’ acceptances, financing activities or similar activities; (5) all accrued interest; (6) the interest component of Capital Lease obligations paid, accrued and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; (7) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period;
(8) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing which are payable to any Person other than the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (9) the amount of any interest
expense attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary. 
 “Consolidated
Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating
such net income, by excluding, without duplication: (1) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expense relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges; (2) the portion of net income of such Person
and its Subsidiaries allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons provided, however, that net income of any such unconsolidated Person shall be included to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have actually been received by
such Person; (3) gains or losses in respect of any asset sales by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis; (4) the net income (loss) from any
disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis; (5) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
(6) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of Equity Interests to any director, officer, employee or consultant of such Person or any Subsidiary; (8) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early
extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or other long-term liabilities; (9) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 or Topic 360, and
the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 or any related subsequent Accounting Standards Codification Topics; (10) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value
accounting required by Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 or any related subsequent Accounting Standards Codification Topics; and (11) any legal fees and expenses relating to the Company’s indemnification obligations for the
benefit of its former officers and directors in connection with its historical stock option litigation. 
 In addition, to the
extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption
insurance and reimbursements of any expenses or charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture. 

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation,
amortization (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses) and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of
such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or
loss or any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). 

  
 -5-

 “Consolidated Subsidiaries” means, as of any date of determination and with
respect to any Person, those Subsidiaries of that Person whose financial data is, in accordance with GAAP, reflected in that Person’s consolidated financial statements. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders
and the Company. 
 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of October 7, 2008, between the
Company and guarantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees, and any other related
agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended as of the Issue Date and as further amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time
including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument that extends the maturity of any debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided, however, that such increase in borrowings is permitted under this
Indenture), or adds Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of
lenders, purchasers or debt holders. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes
in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the
United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other
applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the
Restricted Note Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes,
and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests of such Person that by their terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event, the passage of time or otherwise are: 
 (1) required to be
redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder in whole or in part prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests; or 
 (2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Indebtedness; 

  
 -6-

 provided, in each case, that (x) only the portion of such Equity Interests which
is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (y) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified
Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon a “change of control” or “asset sale” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and
(z) Equity Interests issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of such Person or its subsidiaries or by any plan to such employees will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by
such Person or its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated in the United States or a State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity Interests” means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Indebtedness convertible into or
exchangeable for equity. 
 “Equity Offering” means any primary public or private offering, after the Issue
Date, of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of
such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, set forth in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the date of determination. 

“Governmental Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, 
 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or 

  
 -7-

 
pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to
purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee”
shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its respective successors. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register. 

“Indebtedness” of any specified Person means any obligation for borrowed money, including without limitation obligations
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, in each case that in accordance with GAAP would be reflected on the balance sheet of such Person as a liability as of the date on which Indebtedness is to be determined.

 “Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers listed on Schedule 1 to the purchase agreement entered
into in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes on the Issue Date and any initial purchasers party to any similar purchase agreement in connection with the issuance of any Additional Notes. 

“Interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest with respect thereto and Additional Interest, if any. 

“Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or other extension of credit) or capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following:
(1) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; and (2) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Indebtedness or other liability of another Person. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) and BBB (or the equivalent) by
Moody’s and S&P, respectively. 
 “Issue Date” means January 22, 2013. 

“Joint Venture” means, with respect to any Person, any partnership, corporation or other entity in which up to and
including 50% of the Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries. A Joint Venture shall not be treated as a Subsidiary. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions or the corporate trust
office are not required to be open in the State of New York. 
 “Lien” means any lien, security interest,
mortgage, charge or similar encumbrance, provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease or a nonexclusive license be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

  
 -8-

 “Measurement Period” means, at the date of determination, the most recently
completed four fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Note Guarantee” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company
on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.12. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more
particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental
indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in
respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts
payable and liabilities with respect to such Indebtedness, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without
limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated January 16, 2013, relating to the sale of the Initial
Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary, (1) of such Person or (2) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated
as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors). 
 “Officer’s
Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets
the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Permitted Bank Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to one or more credit facilities with banks or other lenders providing for
revolving credit loans or term loans or the issuance of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or the like and Guarantees of such Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the aggregate principal amount of
such Permitted Bank Indebtedness at any time outstanding does not exceed $250,000,000. 
 “Permitted Liens”
means: 
 (1) Liens securing Permitted Bank Indebtedness; 

  
 -9-

 (2) Liens on any assets, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the
refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 12 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or
refundings of such obligations; 
 (3) (a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price or other acquisition,
installation or construction costs incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of any Principal Property, including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition and
including any purchase money Liens, and (b) Liens existing on any Principal Property at the time of acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of
any Person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 12
months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the Principal Property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon and any proceeds thereof; 

(4) Liens securing obligations of a Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250 million at any time outstanding;

 (5) Liens in favor of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; 

(6) Liens on any Principal Property in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof or any political subdivision thereof to
secure progress or other payments or to secure Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such Principal Property; 
 (7) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, Liens in connection with legal
proceedings and Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository
institution; 
 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days
or subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (9) Liens to
secure the performance of bids, trade or commercial contracts, government contracts, purchase, construction, sales and servicing contracts (including utility contracts), leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds,
performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business and to secure letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties given in connection with the foregoing or in connection with workers’
compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security or similar laws and regulations; 
 (10) licenses of
intellectual property of the Company and its Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) Liens upon
specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate
the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 -10-

 (12) Liens to secure Permitted Receivables Financings; 

(13) Liens on stock, partnership or other equity interests in any Joint Venture of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in any
Subsidiary of the Company that owns an equity interest in a Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness contributed or advanced solely to that Joint Venture; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not secured by a Lien on any
other property of the Company or any Subsidiary; 
 (14) Liens and deposits securing netting services, business credit card
programs, overdraft protection and other treasury, depository and cash management services or incurred in connection with any automated clearing-house transfers of funds or other fund transfer or payment processing services; 

(15) Liens on, and consisting of, deposits made by the Company to discharge or defease the Notes and this Indenture, the 2020 Notes or
any other Indebtedness; 
 (16) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof incurred in connection with the financing
of insurance premiums; 
 (17) easements, rights of way, minor encroachments, protrusions, municipal and zoning and building
ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities, governmental restrictions on the use of property or conduct of business, and Liens in favor of governmental authorities and public utilities, that do not materially
interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (18) Liens on any real
property or buildings located on the Company’s campus at 130 Holger Way, San Jose, California 95134, that are subject to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 4.08; or 

(19) any extension, renewal, substitution or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements), in whole or
in part, of any Lien referred to in the preceding bullet points, inclusive. 
 “Permitted Receivables
Documents” shall mean all documents and agreements evidencing, relating to or otherwise governing a Permitted Receivables Financing. 
 “Permitted Receivables Financing” shall mean one or more transactions pursuant to which (1) Receivables Assets or interests therein are sold to or financed by one or more Special
Purpose Receivables Subsidiaries, and such Special Purpose Receivables Subsidiaries finance their acquisition of such Receivables Assets or interests therein, or the financing thereof, by selling or borrowing against such Receivables Assets or
(2) Receivable Assets or interests therein are sold directly to one or more investors or other purchasers (other than the Company or any Subsidiary); provided that in each case (a) recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary (other
than the Special Purpose Receivables Subsidiaries) and any obligations or agreements of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than the Special Purpose Receivables Subsidiaries) in connection with such transactions shall be limited to the extent
customary for similar transactions in the applicable jurisdictions as reasonably determined by the Company, and (b) the aggregate Receivables Net Investment shall not exceed $125,000,000 at any time. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

  
 -11-

 “Principal Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such
Person’s interests in any kind of property or asset (including the capital stock in and other securities of any other Person), except such as the Board of Directors by resolution determines in good faith (taking into account, among other
things, the materiality of such property to the business, financial condition and earnings of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole) not to be material to the business of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole. 
 “Qualified Equity Interests” means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified
Equity Interests. 
 “Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or
both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s, or both, as the case may
be. 
 “Ratings Decline Period” means, with respect to any Change of Control, the period
that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of such Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or a stockholder of the Company, as applicable, to effect such Change of Control
or (b) the occurrence of such Change of Control and (2) ends on the 60th calendar day following consummation of such Change of Control; provided, however, that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes, as noted by the applicable rating agency, is
under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable rating agency. 
 “Receivables Assets”
shall mean accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange), lease receivables and any related assets and property from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Receivables Net Investment” shall mean the aggregate cash amount paid by the lenders or purchasers under any Permitted
Receivables Financing in connection with their purchase of, or the making of loans secured by, Receivables Assets or interests therein, as the same may be reduced from time to time by collections with respect to such Receivables Assets or otherwise
in accordance with the terms of the Permitted Receivables Documents. 
 “Record Date” for the interest or
Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed
pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC and two or three other primary U.S. Government securities dealers selected by the Company, and each of their respective successors. If any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer, the Company
will substitute another nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, on any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the
Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by each Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third
Business Day preceding that redemption date. 

  
 -12-

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes and any similar agreement entered into in connection with any Additional Notes. 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of
the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the
time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of
this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the first legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of
Appendix A to this Indenture. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any
direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and is thereafter leased back as a capital lease by the Company or such Subsidiary. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act,
or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such SEC is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Officer” of any specified Person means the chief executive officer, any president, any vice president, the chief
financial officer, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the secretary or any assistant secretary. 
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange
Act. 
 “Special Purpose Receivables Subsidiary” shall mean a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company
established in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing for the acquisition of Receivables Assets or interests therein, and which is organized in a manner intended to reduce the likelihood that it would be substantively consolidated with
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Special Purpose Receivables Subsidiaries) in the event the Company or any such Subsidiary of the Company becomes subject to a proceeding under Debtor Relief Laws. 

“Stated Maturity,” means, with respect to any Notes or any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such
Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable. 

  
 -13-

 “Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other similar entity a majority of whose Voting Stock is owned by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Swap Contract” means (1) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward
rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions,
interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar
transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage fluctuations in fuel
prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (2) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to
the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master
agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield
to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that redemption date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the
Comparable Treasury Price for that redemption date. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb). 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of capital stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to
the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 
 Section 1.02 Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
		
	 “Additional Interest Notice”
	  	4.15
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c) of Appendix A
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02(c)

  
 -14-

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
		
	 “Clearstream”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03(b)
	 “Euroclear”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	1.05(j)
	 “Global Note”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “IAI”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Interest Payment Date”
	  	Exhibit A
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “offer”
	  	Section 4.11(a)
	 “Offer Expiration Date”
	  	Section 4.11
	 “Offer to Purchase”
	  	Section 4.11
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “purchase amount”
	  	Section 4.11
	 “purchase date”
	  	Section 4.11
	 “Purchase Price”
	  	Section 4.11
	 “QIB”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 501”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 904”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Subsidiary Debt”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(b)

 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term defined in
Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the meaning assigned to it therein; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

  
 -15-

 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural
include the singular; 
 (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,”
“Section,” “clause,” “Schedule or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole
and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (8) “including” means
including without limitation; 
 (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent
such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (11) in the
event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines. 

Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and
any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are
defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 

  
 -16-

 Section 1.05 Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or
taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing
any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in
this Section 1.05. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved
(1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged
to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit or other manner shall also
constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee
deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every
future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Company or the
Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Company may, in the
circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided
in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving
or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or
in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 20 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such
solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, in each case on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the
proposed action to be taken by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.02. 

  
 -17-

 (f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders
entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any Notice of Default, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to institute
proceedings referred to in Section 6.06(a). If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not
such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or
each affected Holder, as applicable, in each case on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by
Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.02. 
 (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by
one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such
principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 
 (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the
beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 
 (i) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such
Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders;
provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the
applicable Expiration Date. 
 (j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that
sets such record dates may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the
proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 11.02, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect
to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 120th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its
right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j). 

  
 -18-

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 

(a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part
of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such
notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions
of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to repurchase
by the Company at the option of the Holders pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as provided in Section 4.11. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3. 

Additional Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be
consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to ranking, status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes (other than issue price or the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of
such Additional Notes except for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes); provided that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then the Additional
Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 (a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 (b) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or
be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture. 
 (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer
(an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In 

  
 -19-

 
addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount
specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes and Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 
 (d) The Trustee may
appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication
by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03
Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note
Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may rescind or change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global
Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company shall,
no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for
the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing
that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the
Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.
Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund
for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture
Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee 

  
 -20-

 
at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. 

(b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (c) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to
Section 2.07), but the Holders shall be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.06, 4.11 and 9.05). 
 (d) [Reserved] 

(e) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(f) Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during
a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 or the making of an Offer to Purchase and ending at the close of business on the day of such
mailing, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption or subject to purchase in an Offer to Purchase in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or purchased
in part or (3) if a redemption or purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to occur after a Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Record Date
and before the date of redemption or purchase. 
 (g) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note,
the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes and for
all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (h) Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 (i) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at
such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so 

  
 -21-

 
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02. 
 (j) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of
Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership
and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be provided by
the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the
Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in replacing a Note. Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other
Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of
Section 3.07(c). 
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the UCC in effect in the State of New York. 

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, from and after such date it ceases to be outstanding
and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 (d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any
thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be
deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only
Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so 

  
 -22-

 
owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver
or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial
holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the
Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record
retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 (a) If the Company defaults in a
payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company
shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment
date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 10 days before the
special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail, or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related
payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12
and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by
such other Note. 

  
 -23-

 Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP
and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange of Offer to Purchase shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change that the Company is aware of in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least ten Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal
amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the Redemption Price. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or
Purchased. 
 (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be so redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer
to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, subject to The Depository Trust Company,
Euroclear and/or Clearstream procedures as applicable. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60
days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a
Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 -24-

 (c) After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or
appropriate book entries shall be made to reflect such partial redemption). 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

(a) The Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed (or, in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) notices
of redemption of Notes at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the
procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(e), notices of redemption may not
be conditional. 
 (b) The notice shall identify the Notes (including CUSIP numbers) to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the Redemption Price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; 
 (3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such
notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (9) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(e) if
applicable, any condition to such redemption. 
 (c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least ten Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to
Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as
provided in the preceding paragraph. 

  
 -25-

 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable
on the redemption date at the Redemption Price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(e)). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In
any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to
Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 (a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase
price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder (and, in the case of an Offer to Purchase, if applicable, to holders of Indebtedness ranking pari
passu with the Notes) to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall
cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase on and after such date. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or
purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such
principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased;
provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not
an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
 Section 3.07 Optional
Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to January 15, 2018, at the option
of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by 

  
 -26-

 
first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

(b) In addition, the Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after
January 15, 2018, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on
January 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2018
	  	 	102.313	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.542	% 
	 2020
	  	 	100.771	% 
	 2021 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) In addition to the optional redemption provisions of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of
the preceding paragraphs, prior to January 15, 2016, the Company may, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)
at a Redemption Price equal to 104.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption; provided, however, that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes
originally issued on the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that notice of any such redemption is mailed within 180 days of the closing of the related Equity Offering. 

(d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 

(e) Any redemption or notice, may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion
of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction, and, in the case of a redemption with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering, such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 

Section 3.08 Sinking Fund. 
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes; Additional Amounts. 
 (a) The Company
shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in 

  
 -27-

 
the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, holds as of
11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

(b) The principal amount and accrued interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such
purpose; provided that, except in the case of a Global Note, the Company will pay interest (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address will appear in the Note Register or (ii) by wire transfer in
immediately available funds to each Holder with an aggregate principal amount of Notes of any series in excess of $5,000,000, to the place and account designated in writing at least 15 calendar days prior to the interest payment date by the Person
entitled thereto as specified in the Note Register. 
 (c) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Debtor Relief Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Company shall
maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency, if other than an office of
the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may
be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 (b) The Company may also from time to time designate
additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03
Provision of Financial Information. 
 (a) The Company covenants to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the
Company has filed the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may prescribe) that the Company may be required to file with the SEC
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than confidential filings, documents subject to confidential treatment and correspondence with the SEC); provided that in each case the delivery of materials to the Trustee by
electronic means or filing of documents pursuant to the SEC’s “EDGAR” system (or any successor electronic filing system) shall be deemed to be “filed” with the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.03, provided,
however, that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or 

  
 -28-

 
reports have been filed pursuant to the “EDGAR” system (or its successor). From and after the time that this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company will
comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. Delivery of such information, documents and reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 (b) For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, the
Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each
Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive
officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view
to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default
shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) Upon the Company becoming aware any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days following the date on which
the Company becomes aware of such Default) send to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

  
 -29-

 Section 4.07 Limitation on Subsidiary Debt 

(a) The Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, assume, incur, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness (any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company, “Subsidiary Debt”), without Guaranteeing the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on an unsecured unsubordinated basis.

 (b) Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to, and there shall be excluded from Indebtedness in any computation under such
restriction, Subsidiary Debt constituting: 
 (1) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged into or consolidated with or otherwise acquired by any Subsidiary of the Company or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of such Person (or a division thereof) as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to any Subsidiary of the Company and is assumed by such Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation thereof and is not Guaranteed by any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Guarantee
existing at the time of such merger, consolidation or sale, lease or other disposition of properties and assets and that was not issued in contemplation thereof); 

(2) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any such
Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation thereof; 
 (3) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
Subsidiary; 
 (4) any Guarantee of the 2020 Notes or Permitted Bank Indebtedness; 

(5) Indebtedness or Guarantees in respect of netting services, business credit card programs, overdraft protection and
other treasury, depository and cash management services or incurred in connection with any automated clearing-house transfers of funds or other fund transfer or payment processing services; 

(6) Indebtedness or Guarantees arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or
similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that any such Indebtedness or Guarantee is extinguished within five Business Days within its incurrence; 

(7) Indebtedness or Guarantees in respect of any Permitted Receivables Financing; 

(8) reimbursement obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) client advances and deposits received in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) Indebtedness in respect of the sale and leasing back to the Company or a Subsidiary of any real property or buildings
located on the Company’s campus at 130 Holger Way, San Jose, California 95134; 
 (11) Indebtedness or
Guarantees incurred (a) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, 

  
 -30-

 
unemployment or other insurance obligations, reclamation and statutory obligations, (b) in connection with the financing of insurance premiums or self-insurance obligations or take-or-pay
obligations contained in supply agreements, and (c) in respect of guarantees, warranty or contractual service obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit and banker’s
acceptances for operating purposes or to secure any Indebtedness or other obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (10) or this clause (11), payment (other than for payment of Indebtedness) and completion guarantees, in each case
provided or incurred (including Guarantees thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) Indebtedness
outstanding on the date of this Indenture not referred to in clause (4) above and any extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing or refunding of any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or referred to in clauses (1),
(2) and (4); provided that any Indebtedness incurred to so extend, renew, replace, refinance or refund shall be incurred within 360 days of the maturity, retirement or other repayment or prepayment of the Indebtedness referred to in this
clause or clauses (1), (2) and (4) above and the principal amount of the Indebtedness incurred to so extend, renew, replace, refinance or refund shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness being extended, renewed, replaced,
refinanced or refunded plus any premium or fee (including tender premiums) or other reasonable amounts payable, plus the amount of fees, expenses and other costs incurred, in connection with any such extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing or
refunding; or 
 (13) Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any
time not to exceed $250,000,000. 
 (c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.07(a) and (b), the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
may, create, incur, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or suffer to exist Indebtedness that would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 4.07(a) and (b), without Guaranteeing the Notes, if after giving
effect thereto, Aggregate Debt does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $1,000,000,000, and (b) 1.75 times Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the Measurement Period immediately preceding the date of the creation or
incurrence of the Subsidiary Debt. Any Subsidiary also may, without Guaranteeing the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, extend, renew, replace, refinance or refund any Subsidiary Debt permitted pursuant to the
preceding sentence provided that any Subsidiary Debt incurred to so extend, renew, replace, refinance or refund shall be incurred within 360 days of the maturity, retirement or other repayment or prepayment of the Subsidiary Debt being extended,
renewed, replaced, refinanced or refunded and the principal amount of the Subsidiary Debt incurred to so extend, renew, replace, refinance or refund shall not exceed the principal amount of Subsidiary Debt being extended, renewed, replaced,
refinanced or refunded plus any premium or fee (including tender premiums) or other reasonable amounts payable, plus the amount of fees, expenses and other costs incurred, in connection with any such extension, renewal, replacement, refinancing or
refunding. 
 Section 4.08 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction for the sale and leasing back of any Principal Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, unless: 
 (1) such transaction was entered into prior to or within 12 months of the Issue Date; 

  
 -31-

 (2) such transaction was for the sale and leasing back to the Company or a
Subsidiary of any Principal Property; 
 (3) such transaction involves a lease of a Principal Property executed
by the time of or within 12 months after the latest of the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement, or the commencement of commercial operation, of such Principal Property; 

(4) such transaction involves a lease for not more than three years (or which may be terminated by the Company or the
applicable Subsidiary within a period of not more than three years); 
 (5) the Company or the applicable
Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a mortgage on the property to be leased in an amount equal to Attributable Liens with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes
pursuant to Section 4.09(a); 
 (6) such transaction involves the sale and leasing back to the Company or a
Subsidiary of any real property or buildings located on the Company’s campus at 130 Holger Way, San Jose, California 95134; or 
 (7) the Company or the applicable Subsidiary applies an amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale of the Principal Property to the purchase of another Principal Property or to the retirement or other
repayment or prepayment of long-term Indebtedness within 365 calendar days before or after the effective date of any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided that in lieu of applying such amount to such retirement, repayment or
prepayment, the Company or any Subsidiary may deliver Notes to the trustee for cancellation, such Notes to be credited at the cost thereof to the Company or such Subsidiary. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.08(a), the Company and its Subsidiaries may enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions if after giving
effect thereto and at the time of determination, Aggregate Debt does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $1,000,000,000, and (b) 1.75 times Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the Measurement Period immediately preceding
the closing date of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction. 
 Section 4.09 Limitation on Liens. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any Principal Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in order to secure any Indebtedness, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness
is no longer secured by such Lien, except: 
 (1) Liens existing as of the Issue Date; 

(2) Liens granted after the Issue Date created in favor of the holders of the Notes; 

(3) Liens created in substitution of, or as replacements for, any Liens described in the preceding two bullet points;
provided that based on a good faith determination of one of the Company’s Senior Officers, the Principal Property encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the Principal Property encumbered
by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced; and 
 (4) Permitted Liens. 

  
 -32-

 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.09(a), the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may,
without equally and ratably securing the Notes, create or incur Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.09(a) if after giving effect thereto, Aggregate Debt does not exceed an amount equal to the
greater of (a) $1,000,000,000, and (b) 1.75 times Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the Measurement Period immediately preceding the date of the creation or incurrence of the Lien. The Company or any Subsidiary of the Company also
may, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, create or incur Liens that extend, renew, substitute or replace (including successive extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements), in whole or in part, any Lien permitted pursuant to the
preceding sentence. 
 Section 4.10 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited
liability company, unlimited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and
(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership, limited
liability company or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 Section 4.11 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) An “Offer to Purchase” means an offer by the Company to purchase Notes as required by this Indenture. An Offer to
Purchase must be made by written offer (the “offer”) sent to the Holders. The Company will notify the Trustee at least 5 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of its
obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Company or, at the Company’s written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. 

(b) The offer must include or state the following, which shall (where applicable) be the terms of the Offer to Purchase: 

(1) the provision of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made; 

(2) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase (the “purchase amount”); 
 (3) the purchase price, including the portion thereof
representing accrued and unpaid interest (the “Purchase Price”); 
 (4) an expiration date (the
“Offer Expiration Date”) not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the “purchase date”) not more than five Business Days after the Offer Expiration
Date; 

  
 -33-

 (5) a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes pursuant to an Offer
to Purchase, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase; 

(7) each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to surrender such Note at the place or
places specified in the offer prior to the close of business on the expiration date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer); 

(8) interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase,
will continue to accrue; 
 (9) on the purchase date the Purchase Price will become due and payable on each Note
accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date; 
 (10) Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be received by the Company, as applicable, or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the Offer Expiration
Date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender; 

(11) a statement that if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase amount are duly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company will purchase all such Notes; 
 (12) a
statement that if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and 
 (13) a statement that if any Note contains a CUSIP number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the offer and that
the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
 (c) Prior to the purchase date the
Company will accept tendered Notes for purchase as required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase
date the Purchase Price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly return to Holders any Notes not accepted for
purchase and send to Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part. 
 (d) The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws in making any Offer to Purchase, and the above procedures will be deemed modified as necessary to permit
such compliance. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will be deemed to have complied with
its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 -34-

 (e) Not later than 60 days following Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Company
has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the purchase date. 
 (f) The Company will not be required to make an Offer to
Purchase following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third party makes the Offer to Purchase in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to an Offer to
Purchase made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (2) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07. 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event,
conditional upon the applicable Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of such Offer to Purchase. 
 (h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.11, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06. 

Section 4.12 Additional Note Guarantors 
 On and after the Issue Date, the Company will cause each of the Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries that guarantees the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement, the 2020 Notes or other
Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Notes) to: 
 (a) execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture,
the form of which is attached as Exhibit C, pursuant to which such Subsidiary will agree to be a Guarantor under this Indenture and be bound by the terms of this Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10;
provided that such Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (such opinion or portions thereof may be in form and substance substantially similar to the Opinion of Counsel delivered on the Issue Date) to the effect that:

 (1) such Note Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

(2) such Note Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary, except insofar as
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity; and

 (b) waive and not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity
or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Subsidiary under its Note Guarantee. 

  
 -35-

 Section 4.13 [Reserved]. 
 Section 4.14 Further Instruments and Acts. 
 Upon request of the
Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 4.15 Additional Interest Notice. 
 In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional
Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Addition Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of
Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or
calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger and Conveyance, Transfer and Lease of Assets. 
 (a) The Company may not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (determined on a
consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to, any Person, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, unless: 
 (1) either: (i) the Company is the continuing Person or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) is an entity organized under the laws of the
United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) if the Company is not the
continuing Person, the Successor Company expressly assumes the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental Indenture; 

(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no event of default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of
time or both, would become an event of default, shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (4) if the Company is
not the continuing Person, each Guarantor (unless it is a party to the transactions described in this Section 5.01(a), in which case Section 5.01(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall
apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (5) if the Company is
not the continuing Person, the Company or the Successor Company has delivered to the trustee the certificates and opinions required under this Indenture. 
 (b) In addition, the Company will not permit any Guarantor to merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of such Guarantor’s properties and assets (determined on a
consolidated basis for such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries) to, any other Person (in each case, other than with, into or to (as applicable) the Company or another Guarantor), in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, unless:

 (1) Either (i) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee
Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) is an entity organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 

  
 -36-

 (2) If the Guarantor is not the continuing Person, the Successor Guarantor
expressly assumes the Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental Indenture; 
 (3) Immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (4) If the Guarantor is not the continuing Person, the Company delivers, or causes to be
delivered, to the Trustee the certificates and opinions required under this Indenture, 
 provided that this
Section 5.01(b) shall not apply to a transaction pursuant to which such Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the limitations described in Section 10.06. 

Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted. 
 Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in Section 5.01, the Successor Company or Successor
Guarantor, as applicable, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the applicable Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Company or
Successor Guarantor, as applicable, had been named as the Company or applicable Guarantor, as applicable, therein; and when a Successor Company or Successor Guarantor, as applicable, duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Company
pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under this Indenture: 
 (a) failure by the Company to pay principal or premium, if any, on any note when due at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to pay the repurchase price for Notes tendered
pursuant to an Offer to Purchase); 
 (b) failure by the Company to pay any interest (including Additional Interest) on any note
for 30 calendar days after the interest becomes due; 
 (c) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.11 in
connection with a Change of Control Triggering Event and such default continues for a period of 30 calendar days; 
 (d) failure
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform, or breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of, any other covenant, agreement or condition in this Indenture for 90 calendar days after either the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given the Company written notice of the breach in the manner required by this Indenture; 

  
 -37-

 (e) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, Notes or other evidences of
Indebtedness (other than the Notes offered hereunder) by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $75,000,000, whether such Indebtedness now
exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay principal at final maturity of at
least $75,000,000 of such Indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto, provided that the acceleration shall not have been rescinded or such Indebtedness discharged within a period
of 30 days of the Company receiving written notice of such default in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (f) except as permitted
in this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 (g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Debtor Relief Law: 

(1) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(2) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Debtor Relief Law; 
 (3) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its
property; or 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Debtor Relief Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in a proceeding in which the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (2) appoints a receiver, interim receiver,
receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(3) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

  
 -38-

 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or
Section 6.01(h) with respect to the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after
such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if such rescission and annulment would not conflict
with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture. 

(b) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) with respect to the Company or any Guarantor that is
a Significant Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest that is both accrued and unpaid on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the Trustee or any Holders. 
 (c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive all past
defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04
Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing or past Default and its consequences hereunder, except: 
 (1) a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant
to an Offer to Purchase); and 
 (2) a Default with respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be
amended without the consent of each Holder affected, 

  
 -39-

 provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other
Holder, is otherwise contrary to applicable law, or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received an indemnity against loss, liability or expense reasonably satisfactory to it, and the Trustee
may take any other action it deems proper which is not inconsistent with any such direction received from the Holders. 
 Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits. 
 (a) No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this
Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless (1) such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee, (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if accepted, provide indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to institute such proceeding as Trustee, (4) the Trustee has not complied
with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity and (5) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent
with such request within such 60-day period. Such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the Trustee) for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on
such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice
the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such
Holders). 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any,
and interest on its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note (including in connection with an Offer to Purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 -40-

 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of and premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid to but not including the date of payment on the Notes, together with interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its
agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has
been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders
shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceedings has been instituted. 

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 
 Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 
 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of
Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case
may be. 
 Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or
its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any
custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee 

  
 -41-

 
under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.13 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

(a) first, to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation,
expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 (b)
second, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and
interest respectively; and 
 (c) third, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct
including a Guarantor, if applicable. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.02.

 Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

  
 -42-

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision
of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee
indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled
to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 -43-

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall require an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in
good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any
liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of
any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (h) In no event
shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such
loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given
to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 (j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals
and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as
so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be required to give
any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it 

  
 -44-

 
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and 7.11. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the
Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital
herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a),
the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each October 15, beginning with the October 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders
of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the
reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with each national
securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, and of any
delisting thereof. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for
its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall
reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and
expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 -45-

 (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for,
and hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by
any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.
Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.
The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence. 

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the
earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in
this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Sections 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Debtor Relief Law. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Debtor Relief Law; 
 (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 

  
 -46-

 (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee. 
 (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

(f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor
corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, subject to Section 7.10. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 (a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state
thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition. 
 (b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall
be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

  
 -47-

 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 The Company may terminate its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes when: 

(a) either: 
 (1) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered have been accepted by the Trustee for cancellation (other than any Notes which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have
been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07); or 
 (2) (x) all outstanding Notes issued under this
Indenture have become due and payable; (y) all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have or will become due and payable at the Stated Maturity within one year; or (z) all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture are subject
to redemption within one year (and the Company shall have entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and in each case, the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited with the
Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making payments to the Holders under this Indenture an amount (which may include Governmental Obligations), specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders,
sufficient to pay and discharge all outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture on the Stated Maturity or the scheduled date of redemption; and 
 (b) the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture; and 
 (c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 If the foregoing conditions are met, the Trustee, on demand and at the
cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments prepared by the Company acknowledging such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture and the Notes except as to: 

(i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange of Notes; 
 (ii) the Company’s right of optional redemption; 
 (iii) substitution of
mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes 
 (iv) rights of Holders to receive payment of the principal amount, premium
(if any) and interest when due and payable, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Section 8.01; 
 (v) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; 
 (vi) the rights of the Holders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them; and the rights of the Company to be repaid any money
pursuant to Sections Section 8.05 and Section 8.06. 

  
 -48-

 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance. 

Upon making the deposit referred to in Section 8.02(a), the Company will be deemed to have paid and the Company and the Guarantors
will be discharged from their obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture, other than their obligations in Article 2 and Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08 and as set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 8.01;
provided that the following conditions have been satisfied: 
 (a) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the holders of the Notes in cash or Governmental Obligations or a combination
thereof (other than moneys repaid by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Company in accordance with Section 8.06) in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a internationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, all of the principal, premium (if any) and interest when the same becomes due and payable at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required
repurchase or otherwise or if the Company has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; 

(b) unless the Notes have become due and payable or will become due and payable at Stated Maturity or upon redemption within one year
and, in the case of redemption, the Company has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel stating that, as a result of an IRS ruling or a change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law, the holders of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and
discharge to be effected and will be subject to the same federal income tax as would be the case if the deposit, defeasance and discharge did not occur, 
 (c) no Default with respect to the outstanding Notes has occurred and is continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect to the deposit; 

(d) the defeasance will not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, assuming all
Notes were in default within the meaning of such Act; 
 (e) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture and the Notes) to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; and 

(f) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance have been complied with. 
 Upon and following the
satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for the surviving obligations specified above. 

  
 -49-

 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon making the deposit referred to in Section 8.02(a), the failure of the Company to perform the obligations set forth in Sections
4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12 and the events described in Sections 6.01(c) and 6.01(d) will no longer constitute an Event of Default; provided that the following conditions have been satisfied: 

(a) the Company has complied with clauses (a), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of Section 8.02; and 

(b) unless the Notes have become due and payable or will become due and payable at Stated Maturity or upon redemption within one year
and, in the case of redemption, the Company has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the holders of the Notes will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected and will be subject to the same federal income tax as would be
the case if the deposit and covenant defeasance did not occur, 
 Except as specifically stated above, none of the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be discharged pursuant to this Section 8.03. 
 Section 8.04
Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes. 
 Subject to 8.06, all moneys deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Sections 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Notes for the
payment or redemption of which such moneys or Governmental Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium (if any) and interest. Such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 8.05 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys held by any Paying Agent under
the provisions of this Indenture at the time of such satisfaction and discharge shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations. 
 Section 8.06 Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Two
Years. 
 Any moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment
of the principal of or premium (if any) on or interest on any Note and not applied but remaining unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such principal, premium or interest shall have become due and payable, shall, at the Company’s
request, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, and the Holder of the Note shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property laws, thereafter look only to the
Company for any payment which such Holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease. 

  
 -50-

 Section 8.07 Reinstatement 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02
or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9

 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. 
 Notwithstanding
Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee at any time and from time to time, may amend this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees for any of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company or successive successions and the assumption of the covenants,
agreements and obligations of the Company by a successor; 
 (b) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
Holders, or to surrender any of its rights or powers; 
 (c) to add Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders;

 (d) to add to, change or eliminate any provision of this Indenture applying to the Notes; provided that the Company
deems such action necessary or advisable and that such action does not adversely affect the interests of any Holder of the Notes; 
 (e) to evidence and provide for successor Trustees or to add to or change any provisions to the extent necessary to appoint a separate Trustee or Trustees for the Notes; 

(f) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency under this Indenture, or to make other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under this Indenture; 
 (g) to supplement any provisions of this Indenture necessary to defease and discharge the Notes
or this Indenture otherwise in accordance with the defeasance or discharge provisions of Article 8, as the case may be; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

 (h) to add to, change or eliminate any provisions of this Indenture in accordance with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or to
comply with the provisions of the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or the Trustee with respect to provisions of this Indenture or the Notes relating to transfers or exchanges of Notes or beneficial interests in the Notes; 

  
 -51-

 (i) to provide collateral security for the Notes; 

(j) to provide for additional Guarantors in accordance with Article 10 or Section 4.07 or to release a Guarantor in accordance with
Article 10; 
 (k) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes ranking equally with the Notes in all respects (other than
the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes or except for the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes); or 

(l) conform any provision to the “Description of Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders. 
 The Company and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes affected by such supplemental indenture;
provided, however, that, no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, 
 (a) reduce the rates of or changes the time for payment of interest on any Notes; 

(b) reduce the principal amount of, or change the Stated Maturity of, any Notes; 

(c) reduce the Redemption Price, including upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, of any Notes or amend or modify in any manner
adverse to the Holders thereof the Company’s obligation to make such payments; 
 (d) change the currency of payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest; 
 (e) reduce the quorum requirements under this Indenture; 

(f) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification of this
Indenture, for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture, for waiver of certain defaults or consent to take any action; 
 (g) adversely affect the ranking of the Notes; 
 (h) waive any default in the
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest; or 
 (i) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on the Notes. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

If, at the time of any amendment or supplement to this Indenture, this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, then such
amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 

  
 -52-

 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

(a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the
Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent
Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date
pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 (b) Failure to
make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be
fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the
provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01
Note Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantees, on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder,
that: (1) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the
overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the 

  
 -53-

 
Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment
by the Company when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment
and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the
Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of
the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed
hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this
Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees. 

(e) Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the
Company for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or
returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or
any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 

  
 -54-

 (f) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

(g) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or
diminution of any kind or nature. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Debtor Relief Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar U.S. federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect
to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any
other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.
Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Note Guarantee obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s
pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery. 
 (a) To evidence its Note
Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an equivalent title. 

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (c) If an Officer whose
signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 (e) If required by Section 4.12, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Domestic Subsidiary to comply
with the provisions of Section 4.12 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04 Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant
to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until
all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

  
 -55-

 Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this
Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

Section 10.06 Release of Note Guarantees. 
 (a) A Note Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and such Note Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and
effect, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee: 
 (1) (A) concurrently with any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of any Equity Interests, or all or substantially all assets, of such Guarantor in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, following which such Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary; 
 (B) upon
the release or discharge of the Guarantee by such Guarantor of its Obligations under the Credit Agreement, the 2020 Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company; 

(C) upon the merger or consolidation of such Guarantor with and into either the Company or any other Guarantor that is the
surviving person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to either the Company or another Guarantor; or 

(D) upon the Company exercising its legal defeasance or covenant defeasance options in accordance with Article 8 or the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction
have been complied with. 
 (b) At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably
required in order to acknowledge such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Note Guarantee or any such
release, termination or discharge. 

  
 -56-

 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the
imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 11.02 Notices. 
 (a) Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or
registered, return receipt requested) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to the others’ addresses: 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 c/o Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 
 130 Holger Way 

San Jose, California 95134 
 Fax No.: 408-333-5630 
 Attention: General Counsel 

With a copy to: 

Cooley LLP 
 3175
Hanover Street 
 Palo Alto, California 94304 
 Fax No: (650) 849-7400 
 Attention: Nancy Wojtas 

If to the Trustee: 
 c/o Wells Fargo Bank National Association 
 MAC E2818-176 

707 Wilshire Boulevard, 17th Floor 
 Los Angeles, CA 90017 
 Fax No.: (213) 614-3355 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
 With a copy to: 
 Thompson Hine LLP 

335 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor 
 New York, NY 10017 
 Fax No: (212) 344-6101 

Attention: Irving C. Apar, Esq. 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 

  
 -57-

 (b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to
have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the
next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication
delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder
shall be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to
accept. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any
manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but
such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (e) Where
this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any,
prescribed for the giving of such notice. 
 (f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions
pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured facsimile or electronic .pdf transmission; provided, however, that (1) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions, subsequent to such transmission of written
instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner, and (2) such originally executed notice, instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party
providing such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reasonable reliance upon and compliance with such notice, instructions or
directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions. 
 (g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

(h) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 Section 11.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 

  
 -58-

 Section 11.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or
such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; provided that no Officer’s Certificate shall be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements
set forth in Section 11.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the issuance of
Notes on the Issue Date. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the
execution of this Indenture or the authentication and delivery of the Initial Notes. 
 Section 11.05 Statements Required in Certificate
or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04) shall include: 
 (1) a statement
that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement
as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

Section 11.07 No Personal Liability of Stockholders, Partners, Officers or Directors. 

No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee,
stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator. 

  
 -59-

 Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 11.08 Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 Section 11.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 11.10 Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this
Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 Section 11.11 No Adverse
Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 11.12 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in
Section 10.06. 
 Section 11.13 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby. 

  
 -60-

 Section 11.14 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent
the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or .pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the
original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 11.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of
Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 11.16 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a trust or other legal entity the Trustee will ask for documentation to verify its formation
and existence as a legal entity. The Trustee may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation. The parties each
agree to provide all such information and documentation as to themselves as requested by the Trustee to ensure compliance with federal law. 

Section 11.17 Qualification of Indenture. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 -61-

 
					
	BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean Furter

		 	Name:	 	Jean Furter
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	INRANGE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean Furter

		 	Name: Jean Furter
		 	Title:   Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	MCDATA SERVICES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean Furter

		 	Name: Jean Furter
		 	Title:   Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
					
	VYATTA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean Furter

		 	Name:	 	Jean Furter
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	FOUNDRY NETWORKS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jean Furter

		 	Name: Jean Furter
		 	Title:   Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Maddy Hall

		 	Name: Maddy Hall
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES 
 AND ADDITIONAL NOTES 

Section 1.1 Definitions. 
 (a) Capitalized Terms. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings: 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or
beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days
beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be
promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note. 
 “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons, including without limitation, the Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Exchange Note
in global form. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

(b) Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)

  
 1 

 Section 2.1 Form and Dating. 

(a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and
(ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S
(“Regulation S Notes”). Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. 

(b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully
registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each
case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or
a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the
Rule 144A Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of the Indenture and
Section 2.3(c) below. 
 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note
deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for
such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect
to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of
such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy

  
 2 

 
or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of
the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in
Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. 
 Section 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (a) Initial Notes for
original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of the Indenture, Additional Notes and (c) Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to an Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights
Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes
are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 
 Section 2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a
request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized
denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such
transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in
the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 
 (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 

(C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with
Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) and
(y) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legends set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 

  
 3 

 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global
Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with: 
 (i)
(A) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (2) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B or (3) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or (B) such other
certification and Opinion of Counsel as the Trustee shall require; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the
Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to
contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase, then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures
existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be
credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been
previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new Global Note in the
appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global
Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of
a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in
such Global Note or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal
to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or
after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made
in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144 under the Securities Act and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred shall be held immediately thereafter
through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one
Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to
the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

  
 4 

 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than
the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (iv) In
the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be
exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such
transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or
transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Company, (2) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder
reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or another available exemption, (5) to an IAI purchasing for its own
account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 or (6) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of
any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the
Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Note to
the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (2) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum
principal amount of the Notes of $250,000 (in which case the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee). Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of
the Distribution Compliance Period. 
 (ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial
ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture. 

  
 5 

 (e) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive
Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes
Legend”): 
 “THE OFFERING AND SALE OF THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE” “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT
AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
 (1) REPRESENTS
THAT IT IS NOT AN “AFFILIATE” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. AND (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A
“QIB”), OR (B) IT HAS ACQUIRED THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; 
 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN EXCEPT (A) TO BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A
PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 OF
REGULATION S OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION; AND 
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A
NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
 AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS” AND
“UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE
FOREGOING.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”): 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER

  
 6 

 
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”): 
 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT
FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.,
OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO
NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF.” 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the
Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder
certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144. 

(iii) After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes,
all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Notes shall cease to apply and the Registrar shall permit the Holder, or beneficial owner, of any such Note that bears a Restricted Notes Legend to exchange such Note for a Note, or
beneficial interest in a Global Note, that does not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (iv) Upon the
consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all
requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders
that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after
the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the
requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

  
 7 

 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be
required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (vii) To the extent that any Notes are represented by one or
more Global Notes held by or on behalf of the Depositary, the Company may cause the Restrictive Notes Legend on any such Global Notes to be removed (or deemed removed) and cause such Global Notes to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP at any time
on or after the one year anniversary of the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the date on which Additional Notes were last issued (it being understood that, if Additional Notes bear a different CUSIP, the date after which the Company may
cause the Restrictive Notes Legend to be removed with respect to such Additional Notes shall be the one year anniversary of their date of issuance), without delivering an Opinion of Counsel, by: 

(A) delivering to the Trustee a written notice (x) certifying that all Notes represented by such Global Notes would
be freely tradable under Rule 144 by a person who is not an Affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) and has not been an Affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144) during the immediately preceding 90 days,
(y) instructing the Trustee to take any actions as may be necessary so that the Restricted Notes Legend set forth on the Global Notes shall be deemed removed from the Global Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Notes and the
Indenture, without further action on the part of Holders and (z) instructing the Trustee to take any actions as may be necessary so that the restricted CUSIP number for the Notes shall be removed from the Global Notes and replaced with an
unrestricted CUSIP number. Immediately upon receipt of such notice by the Trustee the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed removed from each of the Global Notes specified in such notice and the restricted CUSIP number will be deemed removed from
each of such Global Notes and deemed replaced with an unrestricted CUSIP number; and 
 (B) providing the
Depositary an instruction letter for the Depositary’s mandatory exchange process (or any successor notice, form or action required pursuant to the Applicable Procedures) to the extent required. 

(viii) From and after the one year anniversary of the issue date of any Transfer Restricted Note, upon written direction
of the Company: 
 (A) The Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange any Transfer Restricted Note
that is a Definitive Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar and the Company that its
request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 and that such Holder is not an affiliate (as defined under Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (B) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in Global Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend if the Holder certifies
in writing to the Registrar and the Company that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 and that such Holder is not an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 144. 

  
 8 

 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect
such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive
Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental
charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.07, Section 2.10, 3.06, 4.11 and 9.05 of the Indenture). 
 (iii)
Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose
of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 
 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the
same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or
the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be
the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and
shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable

  
 9 

 
law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to
require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (iii) Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers,
(y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the
Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers,
(y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by
the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in
connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. 
 (iv)
In connection with any exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that bears a Restricted Notes Legend for any Global Note that does not bear a Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.03(e), if a Global Note that does not
bear a Restricted Notes Legend is not then outstanding (or an insufficient principal amount of such Global Notes are outstanding to permit such exchange) and the Global Notes have not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to
Section 2.4, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, one or more new Global Note without the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate
principal amounts. 
 Section 2.4 Definitive Notes. 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer shall be transferred to the beneficial owners
thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies
the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is
not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the
Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under the Indenture. In addition, 

  
 10 

 
any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the
form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or Trustee. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of
Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and
registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by
Section 2.3(f), bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered
Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.

 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company
shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 11 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable,
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

  
 A-1

 CUSIP
[                    ] 
 ISIN
[                    
]1 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][GLOBAL] NOTE 
 4.625% Senior Note due 2023 
  

			
	No.     	 	[Up to][$            ]

 BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC. 
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of
             U.S. Dollars] on January 15, 2023. 
 Interest Payment Dates:
January 15 and July 15 
 Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 

 

	1 	Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 111621 AL2 

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US111621AL25 
 Regulation S Note CUSIP: U11097 AD1 
 Regulation S Note ISIN: USU11097AD17

  
 A-2

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: [            ] [    ], 20[    ] 

 

			
	BROCADE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-3

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-4

 [Back of Note] 
 4.625% Senior Notes due 2023 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. Brocade Communications
Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [        ]% per annum from and including [January 22, 2013]2[           
         ]3
until but excluding maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). If any Interest
Payment Date, Optional Redemption date or maturity date is not a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date such
payment was due, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period after such payment was due to such next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid
or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be July 15, 2013. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Debtor Relief Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) on overdue
installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal of and premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on,
all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

  

	2 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	3 	With respect to Notes other than the Initial Notes. Fill in appropriate date. 

  
 A-5

 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of January 22,
2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 4.625% Senior Notes due 2023. The Company shall be
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the
express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 5. REDEMPTION AND
REPURCHASE; SATISFACTION, DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE. 
 The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be subject of an
Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or mandatory sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Notes are subject to satisfaction, discharge and
defeasance as further described in the Indenture. 
 6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form
without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or
portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of
redemption of Notes to be redeemed. 
 7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for
all purposes. 
 8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 
 9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined
in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be as set forth in the Indenture. 

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 [11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER
RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013 among the Company,
the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.]4 

 

	4 	 Include for Notes that have registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 A-6

 12. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address: 
 c/o Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 

130 Holger Way 

San Jose, California 95134 
 Fax No.: 408-333-5630 
 Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-7

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 

	
	  

	  

	  

	  

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

			
	Date: 	 	  

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*: 	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-8

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)      book-entry or
         definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 

 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive,
registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or 

 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the holding period referred to in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

	 	(1)	to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or 

  

	 	(2)	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or 

 

	 	(3)	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 	(4)	inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for
its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933;
or 

  

	 	(5)	outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the
Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(6)	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or 

  

	 	(7)	pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any
Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering 

  
 A-9

 
any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

											
		 		 	  

		 		 	Your Signature
					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 		 		 	
					
	Date: 	 	  
	 		 		 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee	 		 		 	Signature of Signature Guarantor

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

											
	Dated: 	 	  
	 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-10

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 
 [    ] 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$         
  

									
	Date: 	 	  
	 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		 		 		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-11

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	 	Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount	 	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	 	Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	 	Signature of
authorized
signatory
of Trustee or
Custodian
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-12

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION 

c/o Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 
 130
Holger Way 
 San Jose, California 95134 

Fax No.: 408-333-5630 
 Attention: General
Counsel 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 4.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) of Brocade
Communications Systems, Inc. (the “Company”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of
the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

			
	Name: 	 	  

 

			
	Address:	 	  

 

			
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)),
purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with,
any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities
similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and
on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any
affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared
effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under
Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur
outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all

  
 B-1

 
times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination
Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this
letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and
that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to
the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (c), (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

  

					
	TRANSFEREE:	 	  
	 	,

  

					
		 	by:	 	  

  
 B-2

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[            ] [    ], 20[    ], among
                             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Brocade
Communications Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined
in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of January 22, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of
4.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances
the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the
Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of
the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the
terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof. 
 3. Governing Law.
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 4.
Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

5. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are
not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 C-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By: 	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By: 	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00211-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00211-of-00352.parquet"}]]